Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

an answering clause with

  • 1 μέν

    μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.
    A
    I μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν)

    , καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77

    , cf. 14.275;

    ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160

    , cf. Il.24.416;

    τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154

    , cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg.,

    οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392

    , etc.;

    ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254

    , cf. Hdt.2.118, 179;

    ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67

    , cf. 99: without neg.,

    ἀνδρὸς μὲν τόδε σῆμα πάλαι κατατεθνηῶτος Il.7.89

    : also in Trag.,

    ἀκτὴ μὲν ἥδε τῆς περιρρύτου χθονός S.Ph.1

    , cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.;

    καὶ μέν Il.1.269

    , 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.
    2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154

    ; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron.,

    ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71

    ; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498;

    ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455

    ;

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12

    , cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron.,

    τούτου μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐγὼ σοφώτερός εἰμι Pl.Ap. 21d

    : generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.
    3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.
    II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):
    1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.
    2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.
    3 the principal word is freq. repeated,

    οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258

    , cf. 288, Od.15.70;

    ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216

    ;

    Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550

    , cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.);

    χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20

    .
    4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11;

    οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12

    , cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29;

    ὧν ἐπιμεμφομένα σ' ἁδεῖα μὲν ἀντία δ' οἴσω S.Tr. 123

    , cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.);

    χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44

    b.
    5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.
    6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg.,

    οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e

    ;

    οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d

    .
    b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so

    ἀλλ' ὅμως El. 450

    ); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.
    c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose,

    τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65

    (dub.).
    B μέν before other Particles:
    I where each Particle retains its force,
    1 μὲν ἄρα, in Hom. μέν ῥα, Il.2.1, 6.312, Od.1.127, Pl. Phdr. 258d, R. 467d, etc.
    2

    μὲν γάρ S.OT62

    , Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.;

    μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825

    ;

    μὲν γάρ τε 17.727

    .
    3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail,

    Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40

    , cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.
    4

    μὲν δή Il.1.514

    , Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty,

    ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627

    , cf. OT 294;

    τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308

    ; esp. as a conclusion,

    τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement,

    τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500

    , etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33;

    καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b

    ; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.;

    οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3

    , 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.
    5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.
    II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,
    1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.),

    τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154

    , cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39;

    μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b

    , Tht. 147a.
    2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65;

    ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3

    ; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation,

    παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d

    ; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; also

    μὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153

    ;

    καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31

    ; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.
    3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.
    4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:
    a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.
    b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ.

    φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d

    , al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787;

    οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171

    ; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.
    c

    μέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24

    , etc.;

    οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5

    : in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence,

    μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13

    (i A.D.); also

    γε μέντοι A.Ag. 938

    , S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600;

    ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61

    .
    d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.
    e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.
    C for μέν after other Particles, see each Particle.
    D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, as

    ἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63

    ; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them,

    ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b

    ;

    ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28

    . It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, as

    οἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134

    ; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; also

    τῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87

    .
    II μέν is freq. repeated:
    1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.
    2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.
    3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlative

    μέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a

    .
    III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the following

    δέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157

    ;

    ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403

    ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέν

  • 2 τοῖος

    τοῖος, τοία ([dialect] Ion. τοίη) , τοῖον:—demonstr. Pron., corresponding to the relat. οἷος, interrog. ποῖος, and indef. ποιός,
    A such, such-like, common in Poets, but rare in Prose (where τοιόσδε or τοιοῦτος is used, v. infr.): prop. τοῖος requires an answering clause with οἷος, τοῖος ἐών, οἷος οὔ τις Ἀχαιῶν (sc. ἐστίν) Il.18.105, cf. Od.4.342, al.; τοῖος ἐών, οἷόν κε.. ἴδησθε ib. 421, cf. 1.257, al.; οὐ γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον.., οἷον Πειρίθοον ( = οἷος Πειρίθοος ἦν) Il.1.262; οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ (not τοιήδε)

    καὶ ἀνδρῶν 6.146

    : for οἷος we have ὁποῖος, Od.17.421; or simple relat. Pron.,

    ἡμεῖς δ' εἰμὲν τοῖοι, οἳ ἂν σέθεν ἀντιάσαιμεν Il.7.231

    (v. infr.), cf. 17.164, 24.153, 182, Od.2.286, al.: rarely a Conj. instead of a relat. Adj., τοῖον ὅπως ἐθέλει such as.., 16.208: but τοῖος is sts. abs., referring to something mentioned earlier, Il.4.289, 390, 399, 5.828, 17.170, Pi.I.6(5).14, A.Eu. 378 (lyr.), S.Aj. 562, Ar.Ra. 470 (paratrag.), etc.
    2 with qualifying words,

    τεύχεσι τοῖον Il.5.450

    ;

    τ... ἐν πολέμῳ 18.105

    ;

    τ. ἰδεῖν Thgn.216

    .
    3 in early Prose writers only used in such phrases as

    τοῖος ἢ τοῖος Pl.R. 429b

    , 437e;

    τοῖα καὶ τοῖα Id.Phdr. 271d

    , cf. Longin.27.1;

    οἱ μὲν τ. οἱ δὲ τ. Epicur.Ep.1p.14U.

    , cf. Arr. Epict.3.16.11;

    οὐ μᾶλλον τοῖον ἢ τοῖον εἶναι Plu.2.1108f

    , al.: in late Prose used alone, S.E.P.1.228, M.7.197, Ael.NA1.41, POxy.903.14 (iv A.D.).
    II τοῖος c. inf., such as to do, i. e. fit or able to do,

    τοῖοι ἀμυνέμεν Od.2.60

    : cf.

    οἷος 111

    .
    III with an Adj. of the same gender and case, it emphasizes the sense of the Adj., so very, just.., ἐπιεικέα τοῖον just of moderate size, Il.23.246; πέλαγος μέγα τοῖον a sea so large, Od.3.321; κερδαλέον δὴ τ. so very knowing, 15.451; still stronger, ἀβληχρὸς μάλα τ. so exceeding gentle, 11.135, 23.282;

    μείδησε.. σαρδάνιον μάλα τ. 20.302

    : rarely with [comp] Sup., τ. μέγιστος δοῦπος v.l. in Hes.Th. 703.
    IV in late [dialect] Ep., = οἷος, Nic.Th. 762, Al. 232, 293.
    V neut. τοῖον as Adv., thus, so much,

    τοῖον γὰρ ὑποτρομέουσι Il.22.241

    , cf. Od.3.496; θάμα τ. ever so often, 1.209;

    ἀλλ' ἴθι σιγῇ τ. 7.30

    , cf. 4.776: in later [dialect] Ep. τοίως, Theoc.24.72 codd., A.R.3.1399.
    VI Sch.Il.7.231 (v. supr. 1.1 ) has οἱ γλωσσογράφοι τὸ τοῖοι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοί· ὅθεν καὶ Καλλίμαχος τῷ τοίων δεῖ κέχρηται.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τοῖος

  • 3 censeo

    1.
    cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].
    I.
    To tax, assess, rate, estimate.
    A.
    In reference to the census (v. census).
    1.
    Of the censor (v. censor).
    (α).
    Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:

    censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:

    census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:

    censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:

    census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,

    Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:

    sub lustrum censeri,

    id. ib.:

    milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,

    Liv. 1, 44, 2:

    censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,

    id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:

    censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,

    id. 9, 19, 2:

    cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,

    Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—
    (β).
    With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:

    praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,

    being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:

    primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,

    Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;

    and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —
    (γ).
    Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:

    mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,

    the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    quia is censendo finis factus est,

    id. 1, 44, 2:

    civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,

    Vell. 2, 15:

    aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,

    Dig. 50, 15, 3.—
    (δ).
    Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:

    illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,

    are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—
    2.
    Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).
    (α).
    Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;

    erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:

    omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,

    Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—
    (β).
    The persons assessed as subject:

    ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:

    quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,

    ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:

    rusticos censitosque servos vendi,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—
    (γ).
    To determine by the census:

    cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:

    nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,

    Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—
    (δ).
    Act. with acc.:

    vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,

    Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—
    3.
    Of the person assessed, to value, make a statement of one ' s property in the census.
    (α).
    Act. with acc.:

    in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—
    (β).
    Censeri, as dep. with acc.:

    census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—
    4.
    Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).
    B.
    Transf., of things and persons in gen., to value, estimate, rate.
    1.
    By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:

    nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,

    will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—
    2.
    With direct reference to the census.
    a.
    = aestimo, to estimate, weigh, value, appreciate.
    (α).
    With gen. of price:

    dic ergo quanti censes?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—
    (β).
    In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,

    Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:

    interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,

    Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—
    b.
    = honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):

    pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,

    the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:

    hoc domui debes de qua censeris,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—
    c.
    Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):

    hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,

    has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—
    d.
    Censeri aliqua re.
    (α).
    = to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:

    Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,

    when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:

    Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:

    una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 45:

    ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,

    id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:

    et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,

    id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:

    quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,

    is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:

    multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,

    Suet. Gram. 10:

    felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,

    Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:

    hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,

    for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:

    nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),

    Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:

    libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,

    App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,
    (β).
    = to be known by something (Appuleian):

    hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,

    App. M. 8, p. 171:

    nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,

    id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:

    globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,

    which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,
    (γ).
    As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.
    II.
    Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).
    A.
    To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).
    1.
    With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:

    primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,

    id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.

    Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:

    quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,

    Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:

    Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15:

    ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,

    id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:

    ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,

    Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:

    commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,

    Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):

    qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:

    sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),

    Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:

    quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,

    Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:

    hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,

    Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:

    eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:

    cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 32, 2.—
    2.
    With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:

    de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:

    censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 34:

    censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,

    id. Sest. 34, 74:

    quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 2:

    censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,

    Suet. Tib. 17:

    iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),

    id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:

    sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43:

    qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,

    Tac. A. 4, 20.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;

    v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,

    Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—
    4.
    Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:

    dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),

    Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:

    senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—
    5.
    = sententiam dicere, to tell, to express one ' s opinion in the Senate (post-class.).
    (α).
    Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:

    cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,

    id. Dial. 36 fin.:

    sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,

    Suet. Aug. 35:

    igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 74.—
    (β).
    With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:

    per dissensionem diversa censentium,

    of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—
    (γ).
    With interrog. or rel.-clause:

    deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,

    Tac. A. 16, 28:

    cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,

    Sen. Ep. 21, 9.
    B.
    Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):

    eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,

    Cic. Mil. 27, 73:

    eos senatus non censuit redimendos,

    id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:

    senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 21:

    senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,

    Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:

    cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,

    id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—
    b.
    With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:

    de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),

    Liv. 2, 5, 1:

    munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),

    id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):

    eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,

    id. 45, 12, 13:

    cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,

    Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:

    censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,

    Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:

    haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,

    Liv. 27, 5, 14.—

    And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4.—
    2.
    With ut or ne.
    a.
    In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—
    b.
    As related by the historians, etc.:

    quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 35:

    patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,

    Liv. 30, 40, 12:

    senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,

    Suet. Claud. 6;

    so with reference to the civil law,

    Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:

    senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,

    Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:

    filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,

    Liv. 45, 44, 15.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause (very rare):

    senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—
    4.
    With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:

    cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,

    Liv. 31, 7, 14:

    quodcunque vos censueritis,

    id. 34, 7, 15:

    quodpatres censuissent,

    id. 28, 45, 2.—
    5.
    With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):

    nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,

    Tac. A. 3, 57:

    aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,

    id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—
    6.
    With both acc. and dat.
    (α).
    The dat. = against:

    bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,

    Liv. 10, 12, 3.—
    (β).
    The dat. = in behalf of:

    censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,

    Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:

    sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,

    id. ib. 13, 8.
    III.
    Transf.
    A.
    Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    Gerundial:

    erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:

    pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:

    cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,

    Liv. 5, 23, 9:

    nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),

    id. 5, 53, 3:

    ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),

    id. 21, 10, 13:

    ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),

    id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:

    cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,

    Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):

    neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):

    Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,

    Curt. 10, 8, 12.—
    b.
    With ordinary pres. inf.
    (α).
    In place of a gerundial:

    Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—
    (β).
    Denoting opinion about an existing state:

    Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,

    Liv. 27, 20, 6:

    Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,

    Curt. 3, 7, 8.—
    2.
    With ut or ne:

    censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:

    plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 67:

    et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),

    Curt. 4, 11, 12:

    censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—
    3.
    With subj.-clause:

    nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),

    Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—
    4.
    With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:

    ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:

    nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,

    that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—
    5.
    Ellipt.:

    sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:

    ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,

    Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.
    B.
    Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).
    1.
    Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—
    (β).
    With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —
    2.
    Of an order by the people (rare;

    gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),

    Liv. 21, 19, 3.—
    3.
    Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:

    sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:

    censemus ut, etc.,

    ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:

    censemus ne, etc.,

    ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:

    in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.
    C.
    Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).
    1.
    Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:

    ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,

    consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:

    consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:

    sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:

    ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,

    id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:

    sane faciundum censeo,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—
    2.
    With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:

    narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,

    I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:

    exorando sumendam operam censeo,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:

    quid nunc consili captandum censes?

    id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:

    idem tibi censeo faciendum,

    Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:

    quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,

    id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):

    amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—
    3.
    With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:

    tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),

    Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,

    id. Brut. 33, 125:

    tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:

    tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,

    id. Att. 2, 4, 7:

    quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,

    id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:

    censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,

    id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:

    quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:

    cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,

    I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:

    sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:

    ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,

    Liv. 21, 19, 10:

    solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,

    Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:

    Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,

    id. ib. 9, 21, 3:

    vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,

    Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—
    4.
    With an ut-clause (with monere;

    very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—
    5.
    With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:

    quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),

    id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:

    ita faciam ut frater censuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:

    tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:

    quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:

    scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,

    id. Att. 9, 19,4:

    ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,

    id. ib. 10, 15, 3:

    disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.
    D.
    Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).
    1.
    With inf.-clause:

    Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:

    (Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:

    Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,

    id. Div. 1, 38, 81:

    Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:

    Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,

    Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):

    oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:

    M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,

    Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;

    so with debere,

    id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:

    Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:

    (Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,

    id. Sen. 20, 73.—
    2.
    An inf.-clause understood:

    (dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:

    sic enim censuit,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—
    3.
    With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:

    nullo (medico) idem censente,

    Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—
    4.
    With a rel.-clause:

    Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,

    he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—
    5.
    Absol.:

    non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,

    the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.
    E.
    In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).
    1.
    To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).
    a.
    In gen.:

    atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:

    satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,

    id. As. 3, 3, 141:

    nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:

    neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 126:

    saluti quod tibi esse censeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,

    id. 7, 31, 7:

    quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,

    id. 7, 13, 8:

    at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,

    Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—
    b.
    With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:

    censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:

    omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,

    id. Am. prol. 122, 134:

    jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 14:

    ardere censui aedes,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    ego hunc censebam esse te,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:

    non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:

    nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:

    nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,

    id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:

    neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,

    Curt. 8, 14, 42.—
    c.
    Referring to what should take place.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf.-clause:

    navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:

    soli gerundum censeo morem,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 69:

    neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:

    ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,

    Liv. 25, 11, 14.—
    (β).
    With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:

    solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:

    quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:

    rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:

    munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:

    quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,

    App. M. 11, p. 253.—
    (γ).
    By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:

    quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?

    Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:

    si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,

    as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:

    qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,

    who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:

    qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,

    Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;

    senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,

    Liv. 38, 54, 5:

    cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—
    d.
    Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:

    an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?

    Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:

    clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?

    id. Men. 4, 2, 47:

    hicine nos habitare censes?

    id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:

    omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?

    id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:

    adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:

    nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:

    quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:

    quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?

    id. Off. 3, 26, 99:

    an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82:

    an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:

    quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:

    num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—

    Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—
    e.
    With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:

    quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:

    prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);

    once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!

    Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—
    2.
    To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:

    censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,

    Gell. 12, 14, 7.—
    3.
    To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):

    sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—
    4.
    = pu tare, habere, judicare, to consider as, to hold, with two acc., or inf.-clause.
    a.
    With double acc.:

    quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),

    you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:

    auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,

    considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:

    has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,

    Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—
    b.
    In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):

    praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,

    Gell. 3, 3, 3:

    quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),

    are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—
    5.
    To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):

    de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,

    App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:

    censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,

    id. Mag. p. 411.
    2.
    censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > censeo

  • 4 πρότερος

    πρότερος and [full] πρῶτος, [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. formed from πρό, opp. ὕστερος, ὕστατος.
    A [comp] Comp. [full] πρότερος, α, ον,
    I of Place, before, in front, π. πόδες the fore-feet, Od.19.228; π. ἵπποι horses in front, B.5.43:— but mostly,
    II of Time, former, earlier,

    ἄνδρες Il.21.405

    ;

    ἄνθρωποι 5.637

    , 23.332; οἱ π. men of former times, 4.308 (rarely without Art., A.Ag. 1338 (anap.), etc.);

    οὗτος δὲ προτέρης γενεῆς π. τ' ἀνθρώπων Il.23.790

    : also, older, opp. ὁπλότερος, 2.707, etc.; γενεῇ π. 15.182; but παῖδες π. children by the first or a former marriage, Od.15.22;

    παῖδες ἐκ τῆς π. γυναικός Hdt.7.2

    ; τῇ προτέρῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) on the day before, Od.16.50; ἠοῖ τῇ π. Il.13.794 (in Prose more freq. τῇ προτεραίᾳ, cf. προτεραῖος); τοῦ π. ἐνιαυτοῦ the year before, IG12.352.11; τοῖς π. Παναθηναίοις the preceding P., ib.57.8; τὰ π. what has preceded, Plot.3.2.8:—freq. used predicatively, sts. where we should expect the Adv. (which is never used by Hom.),

    ὅ με π. κάκ' ἔοργε Il.

    3.351, cf. 16.569, Hes.Op. 708, etc.;

    σπονδὰς οὐ λύσετε πρότεροι Th.1.123

    ; οἱ π. ἐπιόντες ibid.;

    τοῖς π. μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι X.An.1.4.12

    , cf. IG22.1.7;

    εἰ μὴ π. ἑωράκη αὐτὸν ἢ ἐκεῖνος ἐμέ Pl.R. 336d

    , cf. 432c, etc.;

    ὅτι εἴη π. ὑπὸ ἐκείνων ἠδικημένος

    PCair.Zēn.

    288.9

    (iii B.C.).
    2 as regular [comp] Comp., c. gen.,

    ἐμέο πρότερος Il.10.124

    ;

    π. τούτων Hdt.1.168

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 86b, Hp.Ma. 282d;

    τὰς γυναῖκας μὴ ἀπιέναι προτέρας τῶν ἀνδρῶν IG12(5).593.19

    (Iulis, v B.C.); τῇ π. ἡμέρᾳ τῆς τροπῆς the day before.., Arist.Pol. 1316a16;

    προτέρᾳ εἰδυῶν Ὀκτωμβρίων IG7.2225.14

    (Thisbe, Senatus Consultum, ii B.C.); τῷ π. ἔτει Παναθηναίων τῶν μεγάλων ib.22.212.27;

    τῷ π. ἔτει τῆς ἥττης Plb.2.43.6

    : folld. by ἤ, τῷ προτέρῳ ἔτεϊ ἢ τὸν κρητῆρα [ἐληΐσαντο] Hdt.3.47.
    III of Rank, Worth, and generally of Precedence, superior, τῷ γένει, τῇ δυνάμει, Is.1.17, D.3.15; π. τινὸς πρός τι superior to him in.., Pl.La. 183b; π. τι ἄγειν, π. ποιήσασθαι τὰ σὰ πράγματα, Lib.Or.58.36,52.1.
    IV after Hom., neut. πρότερον freq. as Adv., before, earlier, Pi.O.13.31, Hdt.4.45, IG12.374.265, etc.; ὀλίγον π. Pl.Prt. 317e: c. gen.,

    π. φήμης A.Th. 866

    (anap.);

    ὀλίγῳ τι π. τούτων Hdt.8.95

    ; πολλοῖσι ἔτεσι π. τούτων ib.96;

    ἐνιαυτῷ π. τῆς ἁλώσεως D.9.60

    ; also πρὸ τῶν Περσικῶν δέκα ἔτεσι π. Pl.Lg. 642d, cf. Criti. 112a; τούτου π. Paus.1.1.2: most freq. folld. by

    ἤ, π. ἢ κατὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν Pl.Sph. 264b

    ; also

    μὴ π. ἀπαναστῆναι ἢ ἐξέλωσι Hdt.9.87

    , cf. 7.54, Antipho 2.1.2, Th.7.63, etc.: with inf.,

    π. ἢ βασιλεῦσαι Hdt.7.2

    , cf. Th.1.69, etc.: folld. by πρίν, Hdt.1.82; by πρὶν ἄν, ib. 140; by πρὶν ἤ with vb. in Indic., Id.6.45, 8.8, or Subj., 7.8.β (v.l. πρὶν ἂν ἢ), 9.93; also

    οὐ π. εἰ μὴ.. Plu.Lys.10

    , etc.; οὐ π. ἕως.. , or ἕως ἂν.., Lys.12.71, Ath.14.640c;

    μὴ π., ἀλλ' ὅταν.. Plb.9.13.3

    : also used with the Art., τὸ π. Pl.R. 522a, X.An.4.4.14, etc. ( τὸ π., also, for the first time, Ep. Gal.4.13): c. gen.,

    τὸ π. τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων Hdt.2.144

    : the Adv. is freq. put between Art. and Subst.,

    ὁ π. βασιλεύς Id.1.84

    ;

    τὰ π. ἀδικήματα Id.6.87

    ;

    αἱ π. ἁμαρτίαι Ar.Eq. 1355

    , etc.
    B [comp] Sup. [full] πρῶτος, η, ον, [dialect] Dor. [full] πρᾶτος (q.v.):
    I as Adj.,
    1 of Place, foremost,

    πρώτοισιν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι μιγέντα Od.18.379

    ; ἐν πρώτοις, μετὰ πρώτοισι alone, Il.19.424, 11.64; πρώτῃ ἐν ὑσμίνῃ, ἐνὶ πρώτῳ ὁμάδῳ, 15.340, 17.380; τῆς πρώτης τάττειν (sc. τάξεως) Isoc. 12.180, cf. Lys.16.15, etc.; ἐν π. ῥυμῷ at the front or end of the pole, Il.6.40, 16.371; πρώτῃσι θύρῃσιν at the outermost doors, 22.66; π. ξύλον the front bench, Ar.Ach.25, Poll.4.121, etc.; οἱ π. πόδες, like πρόσθιοι, Id.1.193.
    2 of Time, στάντα πρὸς π. ἕω looking towards first dawn, S.OC 477;

    περὶ π. νύκτα Poll.1.70

    .
    3 of Order, serving as ordinal to εἷς, ἄεθλα θῆκε.. τῷ πρώτῳ· ἀτὰρ αὖ τῷ δευτέρῳ.., αὐτὰρ τῷ τριτάτῳ.., κτλ., Il.23.265, cf. 6.179; opp. ὕστατος, 2.281, 5.703, etc.; opp. τελευταῖος, A.Ag. 314; opp. τανύστατος, Od. 9.449;

    πρῶτοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.2.2

    ;

    τὰ π. τῶν ὀνομάτων Pl.Cra. 421d

    ;

    τῇ π. τῶν ἡμερέων Hdt.7.168

    , etc.;

    π. ἄξων IG12.115.10

    ; ἐπὶ τοῦ π. [ἱερείου] first-offered, X.An.4.3.9; ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις in the earlier books, Arist.Ph. 263a11, al.; ἐν πρώτοις among the first, Is.7.40; hence, above all, especially, Hdt.8.69, Pl.R. 522c; in [dialect] Att., ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι (v. ,

    , τό A.

    VIII. 6):—freq. used predicatively of being the first to do something,

    Νέστωρ πρῶτος κτύπον ἄϊε Il.10.532

    ;

    πρῶτος ἀνατέλλει Eratosth.Cal.42

    ;

    εἴθε π. σοι ἐνέτυχον Luc.Tyr.21

    .
    b Philos., first in order of existence, primary,

    αἱ π. οὐσίαι Arist.Cat. 2b26

    , cf. Metaph. 1032b2; π. ὕλη, π. φιλοσοφία, ib. 1015a7, 1061b19; primitive, simple, οἰκία π., ἡ π. πόλις, Id.Pol. 1252b10, 1291a17; ἡ π. κοινωνία ib. 1257a19; ἡ π. ὀλιγαρχία ib. 1293a14; ὁ π. συλλογισμός normal, typical, Id.Rh. 1357a17; τὰ π. σώματα, μόρια,= τὰ ὁμοιομερῆ, Gal.5.673,674; πρῶτα κατὰ φύσιν, e.g. health, perception, Stoic.3.34; τὰ π. πάθη ib.92; αἱ π. ἀρεταί ib.64.
    c Math., πρῶτοι ἀριθμοί prime numbers, Euc.7 Def.11,12; but also, first numbers (= 1 to 100,000,000) in the notation of Archim., Aren.3.2.
    d πρῶτος is sts. used where we should expect

    πρότερος, Αἰνείας δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισεν Il.13.502

    , cf. 18.92: in late Greek folld. by gen.,

    πρῶτός μου ἦν Ev.Jo.1.15

    ,30, cf. 15.18;

    οἱ πρῶτοί μου ταῦτα ἀνιχνεύσαντες Ael.NA 8.12

    ;

    πρώτη εὕρηται ἡ περὶ τοὺς πόδας κίνησις τῆς διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Ath. 14.630c

    ;

    γεννήτορα πρῶτον μητέρος εἰς ἀΐδην πέμψει Man.1.329

    , 4.404; ἀλόχου πρῶτος before his wife, IG12(5).590.5 (vi (?) A.D.).
    4 of Rank or Dignity, μετὰ πρώτοισιν among the first men of the state, Od.6.60, etc.;

    νομίσαντες πρῶτοι ἂν εἶναι Th.6.28

    ; διαβάλλειν τοὺς π. X.An.2.6.26, cf. Arist.Pol. 1266a18;

    αἱ π. πόλεις Th. 2.8

    ;

    ὁ π. ἄρχων IG12(3).481.10

    ([place name] Thera), CIG 2837 ([place name] Aphrodisias); ὁ π. τῆς πόλεως, as a title, IG12(5).292.2 ([place name] Paros);

    ὁ π. τῆς νήσου Act.Ap.28.7

    ; τῶν π. φίλων, title at the Ptolemaic court, PTeb.31.15 (ii B.C.), etc.; τῶν π., as military title, PHib.1.110.72 (iii B.C.), PPetr.3p.23 (iii B.C.), PTeb. 815 Fr.4.23,al.(iii B.C.): c. gen.,

    ἐν πρώτοισι Μυκηναίων Il.15.643

    ;

    οἱ π. στρατοῦ S.Ph. 1305

    , cf. E.Hec. 304, etc.: c. dat. modi, ἀρετῇ π., οἱ π. καὶ χρήμασι καὶ γένει, πλούτῳ π. τῶν Ἑλλήνων, etc., S.Ph. 1425, Th.3.65, Isoc.16.31, etc.;

    π. ἐν συμφοραῖς βίου S.OT33

    .
    5 of Degree, first, highest,

    μοῖρα Id.OC 145

    (anap.), etc.
    II as Subst. in neut. pl. πρῶτα, τά,
    1 (sc. ἆθλα), first prize,

    τὰ π. λαβών Il.23.275

    ;

    τὰ π. δόρει κρατύνων S.OC 1313

    ;

    ἔχειν πρῶτα κυναγεσίας AP6.118

    (Antip.);

    τὰ π. φέρεσθαι D.C.42.57

    , etc.
    2 first part, beginning, τῆς Ἰλιάδος τὰ π. Pl.R. 392e; ἐν τοῖς π. Id.Smp. 221d;

    τὸ π. τοῦ ᾄσματος Id.Prt. 343c

    .
    3 first, highest, in degree, τὰ π. τᾶς λιμῶ ([dialect] Dor. ) the extremities of famine, Ar.Ach. 743 (nisi leg. ἄπρατα)

    ; ἐχέτωσαν τὰ π. τῆς εὐδαιμονίας Luc.Cont.10

    ;

    ἐς τὰ π. τιμᾶσθαι Th.3.39

    , cf. 56; φρενῶν ἐς τὰ ἐμεωυτοῦ π. οὔκω ἀνήκω I have not yet come to the highest development of my judgment, Hdt.7.13, cf. D.C.38.22; of persons, ἐὼν τῶν Ἐρετριέων τὰ π. Hdt. 6.100; Λάμπων.. Αἰγινητέων < ἐὼν> τὰ π. Id.9.78, cf. E.Med. 917; ἐστὶν τὰ π. τῆς ἐκεῖ μοχθηρίας (of a person) Ar.Ra. 421.
    4 Philos., primary things, elements, Emp.38.1, Arist.GC 335a29;

    τὰ π. αἴτια Id.Mete. 338a20

    ; also

    τὸ π. ἐνυπάρχον ἑκάστῳ Id.Ph. 193a10

    .
    5 in Logic, the first undemonstrable propositions, on which all future conclusions rest, Id.Top. 100b18;

    τὰ π. ἀναπόδεικτα Id.APo. 71b26

    .
    III in Adverbial phrases,
    1 τὴν πρώτην (sc. ὥραν, ὁδόν) first, for the present, just now, Hdt.3.134, Ar. Th. 662, D.3.2, Arist.Metaph. 1038a35, etc.;

    τὴν πρώτην εἶναι Hdt.1.153

    .
    2 with Preps., ἀπὸ πρώτης (sc. ἀρχῆς) Antipho 5.56, Th.1.77;

    ἀπὸ τῆς π. εὐθύς Luc.Hist.Conscr.1

    ; ἐκ π. Babr.45.14;

    κατὰ πρώτας Pl.Plt. 292b

    , D.C.52.19;

    κατὰ τὴν π. εὐθύς Id.62.3

    ; παρὰ τὴν π. the first time, opp. ἐπὶ τῆς δευτέρας, Philostr.VA 1.22.
    3 freq. as Adv. in neut. sg. and pl., πρῶτον, πρῶτα,
    a first, in the first place, πρῶτόν τε καὶ ὕστατον (vulg. ὕστερον) Hes.Th. 34;

    π. μὲν.., δεύτερον αὖ.., τὸ τρίτον αὖ.. Il.6.179

    ; τί π. τοι ἔπειτα, τί δ' ὑστάτιον καταλέξω; Od.9.14;

    Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτα.., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ'.. Il.5.458

    ;

    οὐρῆας μὲν π. ἐπῴχετο.., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα.. 1.50

    ;

    π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. S.OC 632

    , X.Cyr.2.1.2,23, An.5.6.7-8, Hier.11.8, etc.;

    π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα.. Pl.Phd. 89a

    , etc.;

    π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δεύτερον.., τρίτον δὲ.. Aeschin.1.7

    ;

    π. μὲν.., εἶτα.. Pl.Phlb. 15b

    ;

    π. μὲν.., εἶτα δὲ.. X. An.1.2.16

    ;

    π. μὲν.., εἶτα.., ἔτι δὲ.. Id.Mem.1.2.1

    ;

    π. μὲν..,.. δὲ αὖ.. Pl.Lg. 935a

    ;

    π. μὲν.., ἔτι δὲ.. Lys.4.10

    , etc.;

    π. μὲν.., ἔτι τοίνυν.. D.44.57

    ; freq. answered only by δέ, Id.9.48, etc.; sts. the answering clause must be supplied, A.Ag. 810, D.7.7, etc.: also

    πρῶτον μὲν.. δεύτερον μήν.. Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : also

    πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα.. S.Tr. 616

    , Ar.Pl. 728;

    πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα.., εἶτα.. E.Med. 548

    ;

    πρῶτα μὲν..,.. δὲ.. A.Pr. 447

    ; πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. X HG7.1.7, cf. S. Ph. 919; ἐπεί σε πρῶτα κιχάνω since my first meeting is with you, Od. 13.228, cf. 7.53, Il.8.274: also τὸ πρῶτον, first, in the first place, at the beginning,

    ὡς τὸ π. ὑπέστην καὶ κατένευσα 4.267

    ;

    οὕνεκά σ' οὐ τὸ π., ἐπεὶ ἴδον, ὧδ' ἀγάπησα Od.23.214

    . cf. Il.3.443, 6.345, Pi.P.9.41, N.3.49; τὸ μὲν οὖν π. Pl.Prt. 333d, etc.; τὸ π..., μετὰ ταῦτα..
    D 1.12: also τὰ π., Il.1.6, Od.1.257, etc.;

    πόντῳ μὲν τὰ π..., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα.. Il.4.424

    ;

    τὰ π. μὲν.., ὡς δὲ.. A.Pers. 412

    ;

    τὰ π..., τέλος δὲ.. S.Fr.149.5

    , cf. 966.
    c = πρότερον, before,

    ἢν.. πρῶτον ἀπόλωμαι κακῶς Ar.Ec. 1079

    ;

    π. οὐδ' ὑφ' ἑνὸς.. κρατηθέντες X.HG5.4.1

    ; θάλασσα π. ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι γῆν v.l. in Heraclit.31;

    λόγῳ π. ἢ τοῖς ἔργοις Arist.Rh.Al. 1420b28

    ;

    οὐ π. αὐτὴν ἀπέκτειναν πρὶν ἢ ἀπεκύησεν Ael.VH5.18

    ;

    π. συμμελετᾶν ἢ μελετᾶν μαθέτω AP12.206

    (Strat.).
    d first, for the first time,

    οὐ.. νῦν πρῶτα ποδώκεος ἄντ' Ἀχιλῆος στήσομαι Il.20.89

    ;

    οὐ νῦν πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλαι S.Ph. 966

    ;

    ἐνταῦθα πρῶτον ἔφαγον X.An.2.3.16

    .
    e πρῶτον, πρῶτα are used after the relat. Pron. and after relat.Advbs., like Engl. once (= at all),

    οὐδ' ἐνοσίχθων λήθετ' ἀπειλάων, τὰς.. Ὀδυσῆϊ π. ἐπηπείλησε Od.13.127

    , cf. 3.320, 10.328, 13.133, Il. 1.319, 19.136; μοῖραν δ' οὔ τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν.. ἐπὴν τὰ π. γένηται when once he is born, 6.489, cf. Od.3.183, 4.13, 414;

    οὔτε.. Λυκίους ἐδύναντο τείχεος ἂψ ὤσασθαι, ἐπεὶ τὰ π. πέλασθεν Il.12.420

    , cf. Od.11.106, 221; also ἐπεὶ τὸ (or τὰ) π. now that.., ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ π. ἀνέκραγον, οὐκ ἐπικεύσω now that I have spoken up, 14.467;

    τὸ μὲν οὔ ποτε φύλλα καὶ ὄζους φύσει, ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα τομὴν ἐν ὄρεσσι λέλοιπε Il.1.235

    , cf. 276, 19.9: c. part., τῷ ῥ' Αἴας τὸ π. ἐφεζόμενος μέγ' ἀάσθη (the rock) on which once seated
    A blasphemed, Od.4.509: the sense as soon as is never necessary in Hom., but is possible in Od.4.414, 19.355; δινέμεν εὖτ' ἂν πρῶτα φανῇ σθένος Ὠαρίωνος when once (or perh., as soon as), Hes.Op. 598; ὅπως τις πρῶτα γένοιτο πάντας ἀποκρύπτεσκε as soon as each was born, Id.Th. 156; ὡς τὸ π. X.An.7.8.14;

    τότ' εὐθὺς.., ὅτε πρῶτον εἶδον D.18.141

    ; αὖθίς με ἀνερέσθαι ὅταν ἐντύχῃς πρῶτον the first time you meet me, Pl.Ly. 211b;

    ἐὰν μάθω γε πρῶτον.. τί λέγεις Id.R. 338c

    .
    IV Adv. πρώτως primarily, first in Arist.,

    π. καὶ κυρίως EN 1157a30

    ; opp. δευτέρως, ib. 1158b31; π. καθ' αὑτό, opp. κατὰ συμβεβηκός, Id.Ph. 192b22, cf. Gal.1.692, al., Jul.Or.5.168b.
    2 ὅτε π. ἐπεδήμησεν.. when he first visited.., BSA27.228 (Sparta, ii A.D.).—(From πρῶτος was formed a new [comp] Sup. πρώτιστος, q.v.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρότερος

  • 5 οὔτε

    οὔτε, Adv., ([etym.] οὐ, τε) joining neg. clauses, as τε joins posit., but rare in the simple sense
    A and not, Il.22.265 (v.l.), Hdt.3.155 (v.l.); οὔτε γὰρ ἐκείνους διδόναι, Lat. neque enim, Id.1.3 (prob. f.l. for οὐδὲ); and occasionally in later writers, Arist.Ph. 208a8, Luc.Par.27,53, etc.
    II mostly repeated, οὔτε.., οὔτε .. neither.., nor.., Lat. neque.., neque.., Hom., etc.—Hom. freq. joins another Particle with the first or second οὔτε, as οὔτ' ἂρ.., οὔτε.. ; οὔτ' ἂρ.., οὔτ' ἂρ.. ; οὔτ' ἄρ τε.., οὔτ' ἄρα .. Il.5.89; οὔτ' οὖν, v. οὖν 1; οὔτε.. οὖν.., οὔτ' ἄρα .. 20.7; οὔτ' ἄρ.., οὔτε τι .., or οὔτε τι.., οὔτε .., 1.115, Od.1.202; so too οὔτε.., οὔτε μὴν .. X.Cyr.4.3.12; οὔτε.., οὔτ' αὖ .., v. infr. 3.
    2 freq. used to divide up a general negation into two or more parts,

    ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται φεύγοντα διώκειν, οὔτ' ἂρ ὁ τὸν δύναται ὑποφεύγειν οὔθ' ὁ διώκειν Il.22.200

    ; thrice repeated,

    οὔ μοι Τρώων.. μέλει ἄλγος.., οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος οὔτε κασιγνήτων 6.450

    ;

    οὐκ ἔπειθεν οὔτε τοὺς στρατηγοὺς οὔτε τοὺς στρατιώτας Th.4.4

    : without a neg. preceding, Il.1.490, 2.202, etc.
    3 within one of the two clauses distd. by οὔτε a subordinate part may be introduced by οὐδέ, οὔτε γὰρ ἐκ σκίλλης ῥόδα φύεται οὐδ' ὑάκινθος ( οὐθ' codd.),

    οὐ δέ ποτ' ἐκ δούλης τέκνον ἐλευθέριον Thgn.537

    ;

    οὔτε.. ἀπέφηνεν οὐδὲ παρέσχηται μάρτυρας, οὔτ' αὖ τὸν ἀριθμὸν.. ἐπανέφερεν D.27.49

    : sts. after several clauses distd. by οὔτε the last is introduced emphat. by οὐδέ, οὔτε φάρμακα οὔτε καύσεις οὔτε τομαὶ οὐδ' αὖ ἐπῳδαί nor yet incantations, Pl. R. 426b, cf. 499b (so μηδέ after clauses with

    μήτε, μήτε παιδεία μήτε δικαστήρια μήτε νόμοι μηδὲ ἀνάγκη μηδεμία Id.Prt. 327d

    ); so οὐδέ ([etym.] μηδέ) may sts. follow a single οὔτε (μήτε), οὐδέ ποτέ σφιν οὔτε τι πημανθῆναι ἔπι δέος, οὐδ' ἀπολέσθαι neither to suffer misery, nor yet to die, v. l. in Od.8.563, cf. Pi.P.8.83, I.2.44, S.OC 1139, 1141 (s.v.l.), 1297 (cj.), Pl. Ap. 19d: in many of these places, however, the readings vary, and editors have altered οὐδέ into οὔτε; but this cannot be done in some cases, as

    οὔτ' ἂν ὑπό γε ἑνὸς.. πάθοι, ἴσως δ' οὐδὲ ὑπὸ πλεόνων Id.La. 182b

    : so when οὔτε is folld. by οὐδὲ μέν, Od.13.207; by οὐδὲ μήν, X. Cyr.4.5.27; οὐδ' αὖ, v. supr.—But οὔτε ([etym.] μήτε ) cannot be used simply answering to οὐδέ ([etym.] μηδέ), v. μηδέ A. 2.
    4 οὔτε may be folld. by a Posit. clause with τε, οὔτ' αὐτὸς κτενέει, ἀπό τ' ἄλλους πάντας ἐρύξει he both will not kill and will defend, Il.24.156, cf. A.Pr. 246, 262, Hdt.5.49, X.An.7.7.48, etc.: sts. the neg. is added after the τε

    , οὔτ' ὦν.. καρπὸν ἔδωκαν ἄρουραι, δένδρεά τ' οὐκ ἐθέλει.. φέρειν Pi.N.11.40

    , cf. S. Ant. 763, E.Hipp. 302;

    κυάμους δὲ οὔτε τι μάλα σπείρουσι, τούς τε γενομένους οὔτε τρώγουσι οὔτε ἕψοντες πατέονται Hdt.2.37

    : the combination οὔτε.., καί .. is dub. in E.IT 591, but is found in later writers, as Luc.DMeretr.2.4, Chor.in Rev.Phil.1877.218.
    5 οὔτε is freq., by anacoluthon, folld. not by a second οὔτε, but by some other Particle, as by οὐδέ, v. supr. 3; by δέ alone, Il.24.368, Hdt.1.108, Pl.R. 388e, X.An.6.3.16.
    b in Poets, οὐ sts. follows without any conjunctive Particle,

    οὐκ ἦν ἀλέξημ' οὐδὲν οὔτε βρώσιμον, οὐ χριστόν, οὔτε πιστόν A.Pr. 479

    ; οὔτε πλινθυφεῖς δόμους.. ᾖσαν, οὐ ξυλουργίαν ib. 450, cf. Theoc.15.139 sq.;

    οὔτε βλάστας.. πατρός, οὐ μητρὸς εἶχον S.OC 972

    , cf. Ant. 249, E.Or.41: so also in the Prose of Hdt., ἐς ποταμὸν οὔτε ἐνουρέουσι οὔτε ἐμπτύουσι, οὐ χεῖρας ἐναπονίζονται, οὐδέ .. 1.138.
    c in Poets also οὔτε is sts. replaced by

    οὐ, οὐ νιφετὸς οὔτ' ἂρ χειμὼν πολὺς οὔτε ποτ' ὄμβρος Od.4.566

    ;

    οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἰδείης ἀνδρὸς νόον οὔτε γυναικός Thgn.125

    (dub. l.), cf. Il.1.115, Od.9.136, A.Pers. 588 (lyr., s. v.l.), etc.
    6 when οὔτε and μήτε correspond, each retains its proper sense, ἀναιδὴς οὔτ' εἰμὶ μήτε γενοίμην neither am I shameless, nor may I become so, D.8.68, cf. Aeschin.3.128.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὔτε

  • 6 ἀνταπόδοσις

    A giving back in turn, opp. ἀποδοχή, Th.4.81; rendering, requiting, repayment, Arist.EN 1133a3, 1163a11, al.;

    χάριτος Men.Mon. 330

    , D.S.20.100;

    τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν Phld.Piet.14

    ; retribution, LXXIs.61.2, 63.4, al.; reprisals,

    γίγνεται ἀ. ἔκ τινος Plb.5.30.6

    ; reward, LXXPs.18 (19).11, Ep.Col.3.24.
    II turning back, opposite direction or course, of a current,

    ἀ. ποιεῖσθαι Plb.4.43.5

    , etc., cf. Plu.2.136b.
    2 responsive sound, Arist.Aud. 803a31.
    III alternation, e.g. of action and reaction,

    περιόδων πρὸς ἀλλήλας Hp.Aph.1.12

    ; reaction, prob. in Epicur.Ep.2p.48U., cf. Thphr.Vent.10.
    2 Rhet., parallelism or opposition of clauses in a periodic sentence, Demetr.Eloc.23, cf. 250; in a simile, correspondence with the object of comparison, Quint. Inst.8.3.77.
    b Gramm., correlativity of words such as τοιοῦτος, οἷος, A.D.Synt.54.1.
    c answering clause, Hermog.Id.1.11, 2.1; v l. in A.D.Synt.20.6.
    3 capping verses, as a subject of competition, Michel 913 ([place name] Teos).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνταπόδοσις

  • 7 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 8 ὅς

    ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases
    A

    ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325

    , h.Ap. 156 ;

    ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70

    (elsewh.

    οὗ Il. 7.325

    , al., never οἷο); fem.

    ἕης Il.16.208

    (perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only

    ἧς 5.265

    , al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,
    A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. , , τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.
    B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. , , τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)
    A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:
    I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by , , τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. , , τό): with γάρ or

    καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286

    ;

    ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198

    ;

    ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190

    , Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,

    μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59

    , cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.
    II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:
    1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.
    2

    ὃς καὶ ὅς

    such and such a person,

    Hdt.4.68

    :—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.
    3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.
    4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,

    Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1

    ;

    ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76

    ;

    ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81

    ; so

    τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187

    (Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;

    ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102

    , Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;

    ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99

    ;

    πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71

    (as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,

    ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81

    ;

    ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1

    : very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,

    ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6

    ;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21

    , etc.
    B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also , , τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).
    0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to , , τό as relat.):
    I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:
    1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,

    φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87

    ;

    τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12

    : so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,

    λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369

    ; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;

    πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a

    ; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;

    τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8

    .

    β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94

    : it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;

    τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..

    of me whom..,

    S.OC 731

    ; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.
    2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;

    κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη

    one of the thousands, which..,

    12.97

    ;

    αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..

    one of those who..,

    E.Or. 920

    : rare in Prose,

    ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310

    , cf. Lys.1.32.
    3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.
    4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;

    τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν

    a name which..,

    D.19.44

    ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.
    5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,

    ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54

    ;

    τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108

    , cf. 2.17, 124, etc.
    II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,

    ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64

    , cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.
    b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,

    Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69

    , cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.
    2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;

    σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156

    (anap.);

    φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a

    .
    3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;

    οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170

    ;

    οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475

    ;

    ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b

    : freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).
    III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:
    1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;

    ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672

    ;

    ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815

    ; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:
    a [tense] pres. ind.,

    τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175

    ;

    κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445

    ; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;

    Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160

    (lyr.): also after

    ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157

    , etc.
    b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:

    ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378

    ;

    οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407

    :—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,

    Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731

    , cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;

    πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.
    c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,

    ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666

    ; after an opt.,

    ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431

    .
    IV peculiar Idioms:
    1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;

    ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d

    .
    2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,

    ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514

    , cf. D.19.211, etc.;

    ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56

    ;

    ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b

    , cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16

    ;

    ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938

    : c. inf.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33

    (but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.
    3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or

    ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81

    , cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;

    συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056

    ;

    τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44

    ;

    τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14

    .
    4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;

    κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'

    that they may..,

    Il. 9.165

    : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;

    πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209

    (troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,

    ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c

    : also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.
    5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.
    6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,

    γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365

    (perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;

    γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71

    (in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,

    ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118

    , cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;

    πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46

    , cf. D.52.7;

    δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26

    ;

    γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11

    (iii B. C.).
    b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).
    7 in exclamations,

    ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146

    .     0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:
    I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.
    II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.
    III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.
    2

    Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.

    , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.
    IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.
    2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.

    ὅστις 1

    .
    V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc.     0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:
    I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,
    1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.;

    οὗ δή A.Pr. 814

    , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.;

    οὗπερ A.Th. 1016

    , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,

    οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049

    ;

    εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a

    , etc.;

    ἔστιν οὗ

    in some places,

    E.Or. 638

    ;

    οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..

    in some places.., in others..,

    Arist.Oec. 1345b34

    : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];

    ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a

    ;

    συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17

    .
    2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so

    οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86

    , cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);

    ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13

    : in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.
    II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. .
    III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.
    2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)

    μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11

    ;

    ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21

    ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).
    2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.
    3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.
    V

    ἀφ' οὗπερ

    from the time that..,

    A.Pers. 177

    .
    VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    ------------------------------------
    ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.
    A

    οἷο Il.3.333

    , Od.1.330, al.,

    οὗ 23.150

    , al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:
    I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;

    ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761

    ; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,

    τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280

    ;

    τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153

    , etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag.,

    λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367

    (lyr.);

    ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639

    (iamb.);

    ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955

    (iamb.): with Art.,

    λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641

    ;

    ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442

    ;

    τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266

    , cf. 525 (lyr.);

    τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248

    : so in Cret. Prose,

    τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46

    ; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,

    γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205

    ; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.
    II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and
    III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

  • 9 get

    1. I
    1) I have 10 shillings more to get мне надо достать еще десять шиллингов
    2) she gave him as good as she got она дала ему сдачи
    2. II
    1) get somewhere get here (home, thus far, abroad, etc.) приезжать /добираться, попадать/ сюда и т. д.; he forgot the key and couldn't get in он забыл ключ и не мог попасть в дом; the door was locked and we could not get out дверь была заперта [на ключ], и мы не могли войти; the train is starting, you must get in поезд отправляется, вам надо войти в вагон; I have no ticket, will I be able to get in? у меня нет билета, мне можно пройти /меня пропустят/? get out! вылезай(те)!, выходи(те)!; please, let me get by пожалуйста, пропустите меня /разрешите мне пройти/; get ashore сходить /высаживаться/ на берег; get astray заблудиться; rumours (reports, etc.) get abroad ходят /распространяются/ слухи и т. д.; this piece of news has got abroad эта новость стала широко известна; such sensations get abroad такого рода сенсационные сообщения становятся достоянием широкой публики; he'll soon get there он там скоро будет, он туда скоро попадет; your letter got there yesterday ваше письмо там получили /пришло туда/ вчера; how (lid these flowers get there? как туда попали эти цветы?: he got home quickly он быстро добрался до дому: the bridge was destroyed and we couldn't get across мост был разрушен, и мы не могли попасть на ту сторону; the frontier is so well guarded that. no one can get across граница так надежно /хорошо/ охраняется, что никто не может ее перейти /что ее невозможно нарушить/; get down спуститься вниз: the cat climbed to the top of tile tree and couldn't get down кошка взобралась на вершину дерева и не могла слезть
    2) he tries hard but he never gets anywhere он много работает, но у него ничего не выходит, он прилагает много усилий, но ничего не может добиться; you'll get nowhere if you work so little если вы будете так мало работать, вы ничего не добьетесь: with courage we can get anywhere мужество поможет нам добиться всего; he is getting ahead splendidly у него дела идут прекрасно; at last we seem to be getting somewhere похоже, наконец у нас что-то получается
    3. III
    1) get smth. get an answer (a postcard, a telegram, good new?get information, a birthday present, a pension, wages, etc.) получать ответ и т.д., get confirmation получить подтверждение; he got a surprise его ждал сюрприз; where can I get permission? его можно получить разрешение?; get one's breakfast (one's dinner, etc.) позавтракать и т. д.; I could not get any supper я остался без ужина, я не смог поужинать || get a sight glimpse/ of smb., smth. увидеть кого-л., что-л.
    2) get smth., smb. where did you get the money? где вы достали /раздобыли/ деньги? get a hat (a new coat, same stamps, a new diary, etc.) приобретать /покупать/ шляпу и т. д.'; you had better get a new umbrella вам бы надо купить /вам нужен/ новый зонтик; where can I get this book? где можно достать /купить/ эту книгу? I got the book. needed я нашел /достал/ нужную мне книгу; I'll go and get some milk. get Some biscuits too a схожу за молоком. get Возьми еще и печенья. get the prize (a good crop, credit, much, little, etc.) получать приз и т. д., he has got the support of the directors он получил поддержку /добился поддержки/ директоров; get a profit получать прибыль; he got nothing ему ничего на досталось, get good results (advantage, power, fame, wealth, etc.) добиваться хороших результатов и т.д., I went and got some singing lessons я пошел и взял несколько уроков пения; get friends при обретать друзей; where do you get pupils? откуда вы берете учеников?; get a wife жениться; get knowledge of the subject овладевать каким-л. предметом || get possession of smth. завладеть /овладеть/ чем-л.; get one's own way добиться своего
    3) get smth., smb. get one's hat (one's stick, one's bag, etc.) взять [с собой] шляпу и т. д., wait till I get my coat подожди, я только возьму пальто; go and get the doctor сходи за врачом; hold the line, I'll go and get him не вешайте трубку, я сейчас ere позову /найду/
    4) get smth. the room (the house, etc.) gets no sun в комнату и т. д. совсем не попадает солнце; this room gets all the sun именно в эту комнату попадает солнце; I'll come and see you if I get the time я приеду повидать вас, если у меня будет время; she hoped to get a little sleep она надеялась, что немного поспит /что ей удастся немного поспать/; I'll go and get some sleep пойду сосну
    5) get smb.,smth. I didn't get him a) я не застал его; б) я не дозвонился ему; you got the wrong number вы ошиблись номером /вы не туда попали/
    6) get smb., smth. get the thief (the runaway, the culprit, a squirrel, etc.) поймать вора и т. д.; did he get his train он успел на поезд?; I decided to get the next train я решил сесть на следующий поезд
    7) get smth. get an illness заболеть; get a cold chill/ простудиться; get [the] measles (scarlet fever, typhus, etc.) заболеть корью, подхватить корь и т. д.; have you got a cold? у вас насморк?; get a bad fall (a slight hurt) сильно (слегка) ушибиться; get a blow (a shock, a nasty wound, etc.) получить удар и т. д.
    8) get smth. get ten years (six months, etc.) получить десять лет тюрьмы /тюремного заключения/ и т. д., быть приговоренным к десяти годам [тюремного заключения] и т. д.; you'll get a beating тебя ожидает порка, тебя высекут; you'll get a scolding тебя ожидает /ты получишь/ выговор; you'll get it! тебе влетит
    9) get smth., smb. coll. get the joke (smb.'s meaning, smb.'s idea, etc.) понимать шутку и т. д., I don't get it не понял; it is just between us, get it? это только между нами, попятно?; I didn't get your name я не разобрал /не расслышал/ вашего имени; I don't get you я вас не понимаю
    10) get smth. dividing nine by three we get three если разделить девять на три, получится три
    11) have got smth. I have got a new watch (a new suit, a new hat, a car, etc.) у меня [есть] новые часы и т. д; have you got a newspaper (the tickets, a pencil, an erasing-knife, etc)? у вас есть газета и т.д.? I've got no money у меня нет денег; she's got a lovely voice у нее красивый голос; he'll lose all he's got, if he isn't careful если он не будет более осмотрительным /осторожнее/, он потеряет все, что имеет
    4. IV
    1) get smth. at some time get the answer this morning (some money soon, etc.) получить ответ сегодня утром и т. д.; get money every month получать деньги каждый месяц; I get a letter every day каждый день мне приходит /я получаю/ письмо; in this hotel I get breakfast every morning в этой гостинице каждое утро дают /подают/ завтрак; get your dinner at once сейчас же пообедай; get smth. in some manner you got the answer right ты получил /у тебя получился/ правильный ответ
    2) get smth. in some manner get this horse (this coat, this bicycle, etc.) cheap (ly) дешево купить /приобрести/ лошадь и т. д., купить эту лошадь и т. д. по дешевке; get the book second-hand приобрести подержанную книгу, купить книгу у букиниста; get money easily легко зарабатывать /доставать, получать/ деньги; get this book easily достать эту книгу без затруднений
    3) get smb., smth. somewhere get him home (the old man upstairs, you there, the child up, etc.) отводить /доставлять, приводить/ его домой и т.д., get smb. in а) помочь кому-л. проникнуть куда-л.; б) втащить кого-л. вовнутрь; get smb. out а) помочь кому-л. выбраться откуда-л.; б) вытащить кого-л. откуда-л.; get the horses out вывести лошадей; what got you here? что вас привело сюда?; get this parcel home (the table here, etc.) доставлять посылку домой и т. д., get the chairs (the washing, some coal, etc.) in вносить стулья и т.д., I don't know how you'll ever get the box (the trunk, the piano, etc.) upstairs не знаю, как вы втащите этот ящик и т. д. наверх; get a mast up ставить мачту; get up a sunken vessel поднимать затонувшее судно; get smth. overboard выбрасывать что-л. за борт; get his letter (one's own books, my money, etc.) back получить обратно его письме и т. д., now I've got you back теперь вы вернулись ко мне
    4) get smb. at some time I'll get you yet! я еще вас поймаю!, вы еще мне попадетесь!; he got you that time! на этот раз он вас поймал!
    5) get smb. somewhere it will get him nowhere, it won't get him anywhere это ничего ему не даст, этим он ничего не добьется; all work and no play does not get you anywhere если работать и не отдыхать, толку будет мало
    6) get smb., smth. in some manner coll. I get you (your meaning, your idea, etc.) all right я хорошо понимаю вас и т. д.
    7) have got smth. somewhere what have you got there? что у вас там?
    5. V
    get smb. smth.
    1) get him a ticket (me a dictionary, them those pictures, etc.) доставать /покупать/ ему билет и т. д.; get me a good teacher (him a place. her another job, etc.) найдите мне хорошего преподавателя и т. д.
    2) get smb. a towel (me my hat, him another dictionary, her a chair, me some ink, etc.) принести кому-л. полотенце и т. д.; can you get me another pencil? вы можете принести /дать/ мне другой карандаш?
    3) get smb. smb., smth. get me the director (the hospital, the head teacher, etc.) соедините меня с директором и т. д.
    6. VI
    1) get smth., smb. in some state get dinner (breakfast, books, etc.) ready приготовить обед и т. д., she quickly got the children ready for school она быстро собрала детей в школу; get one's feet (one's clothes, etc.) wet промочить ноги и т. д.; get the windows open открыть окна; get everything right again снова навести везде порядок; get smb. free освободить кого-л., выпустить кого-л. на свободу; get the dog loose спустить собаку с цепи; it gets me down-hearted это приводит меня в уныние
    2) get smth. in some state get the sum right получить правильный ответ [в решении задачи], правильно решить задачу
    7. VII
    1) get smth., smb. to do smth. get something (nothing, etc.) to eat (to read, to play with, etc.) достать что-нибудь поесть и т. д.; get leave to go home получить отпуск для поездки домой; get smb. to clean the windows (to wash the floors, to do the room, etc.) найти кого-л. [, чтобы] вымыть окна и т. д.; I can't get anyone to do the work properly не могу найти человека, который выполнил бы эту работу как следует
    2) get smb., smth. to do smth. get your friend to help you (him to come, her to join us, your brother to introduce me to the chairman, etc.) убедить /заставить/ вашего приятеля /друга/ помочь вам и т. д.; get a fire to burn разжечь огонь или костер; get this door to shut properly починить дверь, чтобы она закрывалась как следует; I can never get him to go to bed я никогда не могу уложить его спать; get him to tell her about it уговорите его рассказать ей об этом; you will not be able to get a tree to grow in this soil вам не удастся вырастить дерево на такой почве
    3) Have got smth. to do I have got very much /lots of work/ to do у меня очень много работы /дел/, мне надо очень много сделать; what have you got to say? что вы можете сказать?
    8. VIII
    get smth., smb. doing smth.get the clock (the work, the typewriter, etc.) going наладить часы и т. д; at last he got the stone rolling наконец ему удалось сдвинуть камень, и тот покатился; she got everybody singing все подхватили ее песню; она заставила всех петь; I'll get her talking а) я заставлю ее заговорить; б) я разговорю ее; that got him guessing это заставило его теряться в догадках
    9. IX
    1) get smth., smb. done I must get the book bound (my passport endorsed, the work done, my shoes repaired, etc.) мне нужно [отдать] переплести книгу и т. д.; we are getting our apartment newly papered мы заново оклеиваем [обоями] квартиру; I shall get my hair cut я постригусь; can you get the work finished in time (by evening)? a) вы можете закончить работу вовремя (к вечеру)?; б) вы можете добиться, чтобы работа была готова вовремя (к вечеру)?; where can I this printed (my piano tuned, my shoes soled, etc.)? где мне / я могу/ это напечатать и т. д.?; I want to get my coat mended я хочу починить /отдать в починку/ пальто; get the laws obeyed (my words believed, etc.) добиться [того], чтобы законы выполнялись /соблюдались/ и т. д.; get oneself appointed (noticed, chosen, etc.) сделать так, чтобы тебя назначили и т. д., they got him elected chairman они провели его в председатели
    2) get smb. in some state get a man drunk напоить человека; get smb. dressed (washed, fed, etc.) одеть и т. д. кого-л.; it gets me discouraged я от этого прихожу в уныние; he got his face scratched (his wrist broken, etc.) он расцарапал лицо и т. д.
    10. X
    get into some state get married (dressed, shaved, brushed clean, confused, hurt, etc.) жениться и т.д., get drunk напиваться; get tired уставать; get frozen замерзать; he got drowned он утонул; you must get done /finished/ with it с этим нужно покончить /кончать/; get used /accustomed/ to the climate here (to the customs and manners over here, to sitting up late, to the rolling of a ship, etc.) привыкать к здешнему климату и т. д., he got fired /dismissed/ (severely wounded, killed, etc.) его уволили /выгнали/ и т. д.; he got paid for this ему за это заплатили; he got mixed up with dishonest men он связался с дурной компанией; they got left behind они отстали; that vase will get broken эта ваза разобьется; everything gets known все становится известным || get rid of smb., smth. отделываться /избавляться/ от кого-л., чего-л.; get rid of a troublesome visitor (of a lazy servant, of the old car, of an engagement, etc.) избавиться /отделаться/ от назойливого посетителя и т. д.
    11. XI
    1) be got the thing is not to be got fay вещь нельзя достать
    2) be got at the soul of a people can be got at fully only through, the knowledge of its language душу народа можно познать только через его язык
    3) be got at coll. the witness (the press, the voters, etc.) have been got at свидетели и т. д. были подкуплены
    12. ХIII
    1) get to do smth. soon she got to like her job скоро ей начала нравиться /понравилась/ ее работа, она вскоре полюбила свой работу;how did you get to know it? как вы об этом узнали?, как вам удалось это узнать?; they got to be friends они стали друзьями; you'll like him when /once/ you get to know him когда вы его узнаете, вы его полюбите
    2) have got to do smth. we've got to go (to write a letter, to listen to what he says, to leave early to catch my train, to pass this examination, etc.) нам необходимо /мы должны/ идти и т.д., it has got to be done это должно быть сделано /надо сделать/; she's got to work hard for her living ей приходится много работать, чтобы заработать на жизнь
    3) id have got to do with smth. what's that got to do with us? какое это имеет отношение к нам?
    13. XIV
    get doing smth.,get moving (rolling, singing, etc.) начать двигаться и т. д.; when these women get talking they go on for hours когда эти женщины начнут разговаривать /болтать/, их не остановишь; we got talking of the future мы стали говорить /заговорили/ о будущем; they wanted to get going on the construction of the house они хотели приступить к строительству дома; if we don't get doing we'll never arrive in time если мы не тронемся в путь, мы ни за что не приедем вовремя; things haven't really got going yet дела еще фактически не сдвинулись с места /с мертвой точки/; let's get going! пошли!, пойдём!, поёхали!
    13. XV
    get into some state get warmer (worse and worse, uglier every day, etc.) становиться теплее и т. д.; get grey (old, silly, poor, red in the face, etc.) поседеть и т. д.; get well поправляться, выздоравливать; he is getting better ему уже лучше; get asleep засыпать; I am getting thirsty (sleepy, hungry. etc.) мне захотелось пить и т. д., the children will get wet (hungry, etc.) дети вымокнут /промокнут/ и т. д.; he got rich он разбогател; he got mad at the message записка его разозлила; он разозлился на записку; they got closer to each other они сблизились, они стали ближе друг другу; it got rainy пошли дожди; it got foggy опустился туман; the sky got cloudy небо заволокло тучами; it is getting dark (cold, warm, etc.) темнеет и т. д. it is getting late уже поздно; the fire is getting low костер гаснет /угасает/; things are getting better дела идут все лучше
    14. XVI
    1) get into (out of, through, over, up, across, at, etc.) smth. get into the room (into town, into a bar, etc.) попадать /входить/ в комнату и т. д.; the burglar got into the kitchen through the window грабитель проник /влез/ в кухню через окно; get into a car сесть /влезть/ в автомобиль /в машину/; get into the saddle сесть /взобраться/ в седло; something has got into my eye мне что-то попало в глаз this story got into the newspapers эта история попала в газеты; where has that book got to? куда запропастилась /делась/ эта книга?; get to the station (to London, to the office, etc.) добраться до вокзала и т. д.; where did you get to yesterday? куда вы делись /где вы были/ вчера?; get out, of a train (out of a bus, out of a carriage, etc.) выходить из поезда и т. д., get out of bed! вставайте!; get out of here (out of this house)! прочь отсюда (из этого дома)!; get out of the way of a car посторониться и пропустить машину; get out of smb.'s way уйти с чьей-л. дороги; get through the hole in the wall (through the eye of a needle, through a gap, through a crack, etc.) пролезать через дыру в стене и т. д.; get over a fence (over a wall, over a stile, etc.) перелезать через забор и т. д.; get over /across/ a river переправляться через реку; get across tile street (across /over/ the bridge, across the frontier, etc.) перейти на другую сторону улицы и т. д.; he got above the clouds он поднялся над облаками; get under the hedge (under the wire netting, under the rope, etc.) пролезать под изгородью и т. д.; get under some old boxes (under some bushes, etc.) залезать /закатиться/ под старые ящики и т. д.; under the wheels (under а motor-саг, etc.) попасть под колеса и т. д.; the cat got under the bed (under the fence, etc.) кошка шмыгнула под кровать и т. д.; get at the top shelf (at the ripest fruit, at one's luggage, etc.) дотянуться /достать/ до верхней полки и т. д.; keep medicines where children can't get at them убирайте лекарства так, чтобы дети не смогли их достать; the dog could not get at me собака не могла меня достать; let me get at him coll. дайте мне только до него добраться; get down a tree (down a fence, etc.) слезать с дерева и т. д., get up a ladder (up a hill, up a tree, etc.) взбираться на лестницу и т. д.; get by the guard (by the policeman, etc.) проскользнуть мимо часового и т. д.; get before the crowd (before the procession, before the column of marchers, etc.) обогнать толпу и т. д.; get behind a tree (behind a door, behind a fence, etc.) встать /спрятаться/ за дерево и т. д.; the реп got behind the bookcase ручка закаталась /попала/ за книжный шкаф; get between the sheets залезть под одеяло; he got between the boys and prevented a fight он встал между мальчишками и не дал им сцепиться; get aboard a ship подняться на борт корабля
    2) get to (abreast of, beyond, as far аs, etc.) smth. get to the end of the chapter (to the main subject, to the theme of my story, to the heart of the matter, etc.) дойти /добраться/ до конца главы и т. д.: how far did you get to? до какого места ты дочитал?; get to the head of one's class выйти на первое место в классе; стать первым учеником в классе; get to the city police (to the authorities, etc.) связаться с городской полицией и т. д.; get to some time (to some age) достигать какого-л. времени (возраста); when it gets to 10 o'clock I begin to feel tired к десяти часам я начинаю чувствовать усталость: when you get to 70... когда вам [будет] семьдесят...; get between two fighting parties оказаться /очутиться/ между двумя враждующими /борющимися/ группами; his anger has got beyond control он вышел из себя, он уже не мог сдержать гнев; he doesn't let much get by him он почти ничего не пропускает; практически ничто мимо него не проходит; you cannot easily get at him с ним не так просто связаться /увидеться/; get abreast of modem technology достичь современного уровня техники; we got as far as the lake мы дошли или доехали до озера || get in touch with smb. связаться / установить контакт/ с кем-л.
    3) get within smth. get within smb.'s reach (within the range of their fire, etc.) оказаться в пределах чьей-л. досягаемости и т. д.; get within earshot оказаться в пределах слышимости; get within their sight оказаться в поле их зрения; get out of smth. get out of smb.'s sight скрыться с чьих-л. глаз; get out of smb.'s reach оказаться для них вне пределов досягаемости; get among smb. get among friends (among enemies, among strangers, etc.) оказаться среди друзей и т. д. || get into the hands of the police попасть в руки полиции
    4) get into smth. get into a coat (into one's clothes, into one's boots, etc.) надевать пальто и т. д., get into one's trousers натянуть брюки; I can't get into these shoes, they are three sizes too small я не могу надеть эти ботинки, мне надо на три номера больше
    5) get into smth. get into business (into trade, into the movies, into politics, etc.) заняться коммерцией и т. д.; get into fights with the neighbour's children драться /вступать в драку/ с соседскими мальчишками; get into Parliament (into a party, into a club, etc.) стать членом парламента и т. д.; get into office получить /занять/ должность; Kennedy got into office in 1961 Кеннеди стал президентом в тысяча девятьсот шестьдесят первом году; get into conversation (into a dispute with smb., into correspondence, into communication, etc.) завязать разговор и т.д.; they got into quite an argument about it между ними разгорелся довольно жаркий спор
    6) get in (to) smth. get into trouble (into a difficulty, into mischief, etc.) попасть в беду и т. д.; get into debt залезть в долги; get in a row (into a horrible scrape, etc.) оказаться замешанным /ввязаться/ в скандал и т. д.; get into a bad habit приобрести плохую /дурную/ привычку; get into the habit /into the way/ of getting up early (of doing things one's own way, of answering back, etc.) привыкнуть рано вставать и т. д., get into a rage впасть в ярость; get into a panic поддаться панике; get into general use получить широкое распространение; get out of smth. get out of practice потерять навык, [давно] не иметь практики; get out of repair требовать ремонта; get out of order выйти из строя, испортиться, сломаться; get out of shape потерять форму
    7) get over (out of, through,get etc.) smth. get over a difficulty ( over an obstacle, over an impediment, etc.) преодолеть затруднение и т. д.; she couldn't get over her shyness (over her embarrassment, over her confusion, over her dislike of him, over the disinclination to work, etc.) она не могла побороть / преодолеть/ свой застенчивость и т. д.; he couldn't get over his stutter он не мог избавиться от заикания; I can't get over his abominable manners никак не могу примириться с его ужасными манерами /привыкнуть к его ужасным манерам/; get over a disappointment (over an alarm, over a surprise, etc.) прийти в себя после разочарования и т. д.; I couldn't get over his behaviour он себя так плохо вел, что я никак не мог успокоиться; I couldn't get over the fear of him я никак не мог избавиться от чувства /преодолеть чувство/ страха перед ним; get over an illness (over an ailment, over that severe cold, over an injury, etc.) оправиться от /после/ болезна и т.д., get over /out of/ a bad habit отделаться / отучиться/ от дурной привычки; get out of a difficulty выйти из затруднительного положения; there is по getting out of it, you cannot get out of it от этого не открутишься; don't try to get out of your duties не пытайтесь уклоняться от своих обязанностей; get through another bad winter (through a dangerous illness, etc.) пережить еще одну тяжелую зиму и т. д.; I don't know how I'll get through this month я не знаю, как я дотяну до конца месяца; I don't know how I got through the day не знаю, как я прожил /выдержал/ этот день; get through an exam выдержать экзамен; get through written papers написать контрольную работу; get through a driving test сдать экзамен на водительские права; how he got through college is a mystery совершенно непонятно, как он смог окончить колледж; get (a)round smth. get around the law (around the regulations, around that clause, around a difficulty, etc.) обходить закон и т. д.; there is no getting (aground this fact a) нельзя не (посчитаться с этим фактом; б) нельзя пройти мимо этого факта; get (a)round smb. coll. she can get (aground anyone она может убедить /обвести вокруг пальца/ кого хочешь /кого угодно/; she knows how to get round him она знает, как к нему подъехать
    8) get through /over/ smth. get through a lot of reading (through a lot of work, etc.) много прочитать и т.д., get through her washing (through one's homework, through this book, etc.) закончить стирку и т. д.; how could he get through all these files? как он успел просмотреть все эти папки?; get through one's task with great speed быстро выполнить свой задачу; get through a lot of correspondence ( through these books, etc.) разделаться с большим количеством писем и т. д.; get through such a lot of food (through all this meat, through a bottle of gin a week, etc.) съесть /осилить/ много всякой всячины и т. д.; get through one's fortune (through a lot of money, through L 1000 in less than a week, etc.) растратить /растранжирить, промотать/ свое состояние и т. д.
    9) get at smth., smb. get at the truth (at the facts, at the root of the trouble, at the cause of the disturbance, at the heart of things, etc.) докапываться до правды и т. д.; get at the meaning of the sentence добраться до сути этого предложения; get at the secret of his success выяснить /понять/, в чем секрет его успеха; that's what I want to get at вот в чем мне хочется разобраться, вот что мне хочется постичь; what are you getting at? coll. a) чего вы хотите?, к чему вы клоните?; б) что вы имеете в виду?; we could not tell what the speaker was getting at мы не знали /не понимали/, что имел в виду /хотел сказать/ оратор; who are you getting at? кого вы имеете в виду?, на кого вы намекаете?; were you getting at me in that last remark you made? в своем последнем замечании вы намекали на меня? /вы имели в виду меня/?; he is always getting at me coll. он вечно ко мне цепляется /придирается/
    10) get at smb. get at a witness (at a judge, at the press, etc.) подкупать свидетеля и т. д.
    15. XVII
    1) get (in)to doing smth. coll. get into sleeping in the afternoon (to fighting, etc.) взять себе за привычку спать днем и т. д.; I got to thinking that... я стал думать, что...
    2) get out of doing smth. get out of attending smth. (out of going there, out of answering, etc.) отвертеться и не пойти на какое-л. мероприятие и т. д.; get as far as doing smth. we did not get as far as discussing finances мы не дошли до обсуждения финансовых вопросов
    16. XXI1
    1) get smth. from (at, out of, etc.) smth., smb. get machinery from Europe (many commodities from abroad, etc.) получать оборудование из Европы и т. д., закупать /покупать, приобретать/ оборудование в Европе и т.д., get our things at this shop покупать /приобретать/ вещи в этом магазине; get information from the library (money from the bank, help from him, etc.) получать, сведения из библиотеки и т. д., get dinner (lunch, etc.) at the hotel (at the restaurant, at the inn, etc.) (пообедать и т. д. в гостинице и т. д.; I got this information (the news, facts. etc.) from a friend of mine (from my secretary, etc.) мне это и т. д. сообщил один приятель и т. д., я получил эти сведения и т. д. от одного приятеля и т. д.; get butter from cream получать масло из сливок; get a confession out of the prisoner ( a secret out of the woman, the truth out of the man, etc.) вытянуть / вырвать/ у заключенного признание и т. д.; get smth. for smth. get data for analysis (information for the article, new curtains for the guest-room, etc.) доставать /добывать/ данные для анализа и т. д., get material for research собирать материал для исследования: can I still get a ticket for tonight's play? можно еще достать /купить, получить/ билет на сегодняшний спектакль?; get smth. for smb. get tickets (another dictionary, this book, etc.) for him купить или заказать ему билеты и т. д.; get smth. by smth. get good results by hard work усердием /большим трудом/ добиться хороших результатов; get very little by deceit немногого добиться обманом || get hold of the manager (of the secretary, of the owner, etc.) разыскать /найти/ администратора и т. д., where did you get hold of this curious old picture? где вы раздобыли эту любопытную старую картину?; he got the start of his rivals он получил преимущество перед своими соперниками
    2) get smth. from smb. get presents from his brother (a letter from one's parents, a message from him, etc.) получать подарки от брата и т. д.; get no help (no money, no advice, etc.) from him не получать от него помощи и т. д.; you will never get anything from him от него ничего не дождешься; get his timidity from his mother унаследовать робость от матери; get smth. for smth. get a good salary for the job (a reward for his part in the affair, a medal for bravery. etc.) получать хорошую зарплату за эту работу и т. д.; what did you get for this article? сколько вам заплатили за эту статью?; get a good price for the land получить хорошую цену за землю; I will see what I can get for it посмотри, сколько я могу за это получить /выручить, взять/; get a new watch (a ring, a new hat, etc.) for one's birthday получить новые часы и т. д. [в подарок] на день рождения; get smth. out of smth. what did you get out of his lecture? что вы вынесли из его лекции?, что вам дала его лекция?; all he got out of it was disgrace это принесло ему только позор; get smth. of smb., smth. what impression did you get of him (of this play, etc.)? .какое он и т. д. на вас произвел впечатление?
    3) get smth., smb. across (from, to, etc.) smth. get smth. across the river (across the sea, across the frontier, etc.) переправить что-л. через реку и т. д.; get smb. across the street (across the bridge, across the field, etc) перевести кого-л. через улицу и т. д.; get one's hat from the other room (the books from the study, the tea-things from the kitchen, etc.) принести шляпу из другой комнаты и т. д., get down a book from the top shelf (the boy from the fence, my hat from the book, etc.) снимать книгу с верхней полки и т. д.; get a letter to London (to Paris, etc.) доставить письмо в Лондон и т. д., get the child to bed уложить ребенка в постель; get the trunk back to the garret отнести сундук обратно на чердак; get the parcel back to London снова доставить пакет в Лондон; get your TV back for this evening (for the party, etc.) принесите снова ваш телевизор на этот вечер и т. д.; the car did not get him very far on the road home он проехал на машине лишь небольшую часть дороги домой; that did not get him very far on the road to fame это весьма незначительно способствовало его продвижению по пути славы; get smth., smb. to smb., smth. how can I get these things to you? как мне переправить вам эти вещи?; get the slaves to the north переправить рабов на север
    4) get smth., smb. into (through, from, out of, etc.) smth. I can't get the key into the lock я не могу вставить ключ в замок; help me get the pig into the cart помогите мне втащить поросенка в телегу: how can I get all these books into the bag? как мне запихнуть /засунуть, впихнуть/ все эти книги в портфель?; get the piano through the door протащить пианино в дверь; get the milk from the refrigerator for me достаньте мне молока из холодильника; get smth. out of the house выносить что-л. из дома; get a cork out of a bottle вытаскивать пробку из бутылки; get stains out of a coat выводить пятна с пиджака: get these things out of the way уберите эти вещи с дороги [, чтобы они не мешали]; get the man out of the house (the dog out of the room, etc.) выводить человека из дома и т. д.: get her out of the country помочь ей уехать или вывезти ее из страны /за границу/ || get smth. into one's head вбить себе что-л. в голову: he got it into his head that everybody was persecuting him он вбил себе в голову, что его все преследуют; get smth. out of one's head выбросить что-л. из головы; get the idea (the thing, it, the notion, etc.) out of one's head выбросить эту мысль и т. д. из головы, перестать об этом думать
    5) get smb., smth. into (through) smth. get him into Parliament (into their headquarters, etc.) провести /протащить/ его в парламент и т. д.; get smb. into the firm пристроить кого-л. в эту фирму; get a bill through Parliament (this measure through the house, etc.) провести /протащить/ законопроект в парламенте и т. д., he helped me to get my luggage through the customs он помог мне пройти таможенный досмотр; get a pupil through his examination вытащить ученика на экзамене; it was his mathematics that got him through entrance examinations он выдержал приемные экзамены благодаря тому, что хорошо знал математику; get an article into a paper поместить статьи в газете; get the report into print сдать доклад в печать
    6) get smb. by smth. get smb. by the hand (by the hair, by the throat, by the wrist. etc.) схватить кого-л. за руку и т. д.: get smth., smb. on (by) smth. I get all program (me)s on my TV-set мой телевизор принимает все программы; how many stations can you get on your radio set? сколько станций берет /принимает/ ваш приемник?; I can't get him on the phone я не могу связаться с ним по телефону; get smb. by phone (by radio, etc.) связаться с кем-л. по телефону и т. д.
    7) get smb. in (on, through, etc.) smth. the bullet got him in the leg (through the stomach, in the shoulder, etc.) пуля попала ему в ногу и т. д.; the blow got him on the head (in the mouth, on the back, etc.) удар пришелся ему по голове и т. д., get smth. in smth. get a splinter in one's finger занозить палец; get a bullet in the leg получить пулевое ранение в ногу
    8) get smb. into smth. get smb. into debt (into difficulties, into a fight, etc.) вовлекать кого-л. в долги и т. д., she got me into trouble у меня из-за нее /она втравила меня в/ неприятности; get smb. out of smth. get smb. out of a fix /out of difficulty/ вызволить кого-л. из затруднения; get the children out of this habit отучать детей от этой привычки || get smth., smb. off one's hands избавиться от чего-л., кого-л., сбыть что-л., кого-л. с рук; she wished she could get the old house (the useless books, her unmarried daughter, etc.) off her hands ей хотелись избавиться /освободиться/ от старого дома и т. д. /сбыть старый дом и т. д. с рук/
    9) get smth. of smth. get 5 years of hard labour получить пять лет каторжных работ; get smth. for smth. he got a stiff sentence for his crimes за совершенные преступления ему был вынесен суровый приговор
    10) have got smth., smb. in (at, on, etc.) smth. I have /I've/ got money in the bank (a flat in this house, a friend at the studio, etc.) у меня в банке [лежат] деньги и т. д. || he's got smth., smb. on the brain он все время о чем-л., о ком-л. думает
    17. XXII
    get smth. by doing smth. that's what you get by talking too much вот что ты получаешь /вот как ты расплачиваешься/ за болтливость; get a good price by bargaining поторговаться и получить хорошую цену; get smth. for doing smth. you'll get a beating for doing this тебе за это всыпят; you'll get it for breaking that vase! тебе крепко достанется за то, что ты разбил вазу!
    18. XXIV1
    get smth., smb. as smth. get L 10 as reward (a book as a consolation prize, the newcomer as assistant, etc.) получить десять фунтов в качестве вознаграждения и т. д.; I got this book as a present я получил эту книгу в подарок; we get L 20 as the average мы получаем в среднем двадцать фунтов
    19. XXVI
    get smb., smth. before... (when..., etc.) get him before he escapes схватить его до того, как он скроется; get the book when the price is reduced купить книгу, когда ее уценят

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > get

  • 10 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

    (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

    (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

    (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

    ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

    (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

    <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 11 adversa

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adversa

  • 12 adverto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adverto

  • 13 advorto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > advorto

  • 14 ENDA

    I)
    conj.
    1) with subj. (a standing phrase in the law connecting the latter clause of a conditional premiss) if, and if, and in case that, and supposing that;
    nú hefir maðr sveinbarn fram fœrt í œsku, enda verði sá maðr veginn síðan, þá …, if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, and it so happens that he (the boy) be slain, then …;
    2) even if, allhough, with subj. (seg mér, hvat til berr, at þú veizt fyrir úorðna hluti, enda sér þú eigi spámaðr);
    3) even;
    þá skal hann segja búum sínum til, enda á, þingi, even in parliment;
    4) if only with subj. (fyrir engan mun þori ek at vekja konunginn en segja má ek honum tíðindin, ef þú vill, enda vekir þú hann);
    5) and indeed, and of course, and also, and besides;
    enda skulum vér þá leysa þik, and then of course we shall loose thee;
    sýnist þat jafnan, at ek em fégjarn, enda man svá enn, and so it will be also in this case;
    eigi nenni ek at hafa þat saman, at veita Högna, enda drepa bróður hans, I cannot bear to do both, help H. and yet kill his brother;
    enda tak þú nú øxi þína, and now take thy axe.
    (að, or enda, ent), v.
    1) to end, coming to an end (í því sama klaustri endi hann sína æfi);
    impers., endar þar sögu frá honum, the tale of him ends there;
    2) to fulfil, perform (enda heit sitt);
    3) to mark the end of, to bound (af suðri endir hana [i. e. Asia] úthafit);
    4) refl., endast, to end, come to an end (reiði mannsins endist á einu augabragði);
    to last, hold out (berjast meðan dagrinn endist);
    meðan mér endast föng til, as long as my provisions last;
    ef honum endist aldr til, if he lives so long;
    meðan mér endast lífdagar, meðan ek endumst, as long as I live;
    to turn out, to end (well or ill), to do (enda mun þat fám bóndum vel endast at synja mér mægðar).
    * * *
    1.
    a copul. conj. with a slight notion of cause or even disjunction: [the use of this copulative is commonly regarded as a test word to distinguish the Scandin. and the Saxon-Germ.; the A. S. ende, Engl. and, Hel. end, Germ. und being represented by Scandin. auk, ok, or og: whereas the disjunctive particle is in Scandin. en, enn, or even enda, answering to the Engl., A. S., and Germ. aber, but; the Gothic is neutral, unless jab, by which Ulf. renders καί, be = auk, ok:—this difference, however, is more apparent than real; for the Icel. ‘enda’ is probably identical with the Germ. and Saxon und, and: in most passages it has a distinct copulative sense, but with something more than this]:—and, etc.
    I. with subj., a standing phrase in the law, connecting the latter clause of a conditional premiss, if so and so, and if …, and again if …; or it may be rendered, and in case that, and supposing that, or the like. The following references will make it plainer; ef goðinn er um sóttr, enda hafi hann öðrum manni í hönd selt …, þá skal hann ok sekja …, if a suit lies against the priest, ‘and’ he has named a proxy, then the suit lies also against him (viz. the proxy), Grág. i. 95; ef skip hverfr ok sé eigi til spurt á þrim vetrum, enda sé spurt ef þeim löndum öllum er vár tunga er á, þá …, if a ship disappears without being heard of for three years, ‘and’ inquiry has been made from all the countries where ‘our tongue’ is spoken, then …, 218; ef goðinn gerr eigi nemna féránsdóm, enda sé hann at lögum beiddr …, þá varðar goðanum fjörbaugsgarð, if the priest name not the court of férán, ‘and’ has been lawfully requested thereto, then he is liable to the lesser outlawry, 94; nú hefir maðr sveinbarn fram fært í æsku, enda verði sá maðr veginn síðan, þá …, if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, ‘and in case that’ he (the boy) be slain, then …, 281; ef maðr færir meybarn fram …, enda beri svá at…, ok ( then) skal sá maðr …, id.; ef menn selja ómaga sinn af landi héðan, ok eigi við verði, enda verði þeir ómagar færðir út hingat síðan, þá …, 274; hvervetna þess er vegnar sakir standa úbættar á milli manna, enda vili menn sættask á þau mál …, þá …, ii. 20; ef sá maðr var veginn er á ( who has) vist með konu, enda sé þar þingheyandi nokkurr …, þá …, 74; þat vóru lög, ef þrælar væri drepnir fyrir manni, enda ( and in case that) væri eigi færð þrælsgjöldin fyrir hina þriðju sól, þá …, Eg. 723, cp. Eb. 222; þótt maðr færi fram ellri mann, karl eðr konu, í barnæsku, enda ( and in case that) berisk réttarfar síðan um þá menn, þá skal …, 281; ef þú þorir, enda sér þú nokkut at manni, if thou darest, ‘and supposing that’ thou art something of a man, Fb. i. 170, segja má ek honum tíðendin ef þú vilt, enda vekir þú hann, ‘and supposing that’ thou wilt awake him, Fms. iv. 170; en þeir eru skilnaðarmenn réttir er með hvárigum fóru heiman vísir vitendr, enda ( and even) vildi þeir svá skilja þá, Grág. ii. 114; enda fylgi þeir hvárigum í braut ( supposing they), id.; hvat til berr er þú veizt úorðna hluti, enda sér þú eigi spámaðr, supposing that thou art a prophet, Fms. i. 333.
    2. rarely with indic.; ef kona elr börn með óheimilum manni, enda gelzt þó fé um, hón á eigi…, Eb. 225.
    II. even, even if, usually with indic.; kona á sakir þær allar ef hún vill reiðask við, enda komi ( even if) eigi fram loforðit, Grág. i. 338: in single sentences, þá skal hann segja búum sínum til, enda á þingi, even in parliament, ii. 351: the phrase, e. svá ( even so), eigi þau handsöl hennar at haldask, enda svá þau er, i. 334; enda er þó rétt virðing þeirra, ef …, and their taxation is even (also) lawful, if …, 209: in mod. usage very freq. in this sense (= even).
    III. denoting that a thing follows from the premiss, and consequently, and of course, and then, or the like, and forsooth, freq. in prose with indic.; man ek eigi optar heimta þetta fé, enda verða þér aldri at liði síðan, I shall not call for this debt any more, ‘and also’ lend thee help never more, Vápn. 18; ef þeir eru eigi fleiri en fimm, enda eigi færi, if they are not more than five, and also not less, Grág. i. 38; enda eigu menn þá at taka annan lögsögumann ef vilja, and they shall then elect another speaker if they choose, 4; enda skulum vér þá leysa þik, and then of course we shall loose thee, Edda 20; varðar honum skóggang, enda verðr hann þar óheilagr, and of course or and even, and to boot, Grág. ii. 114; skal hann segja til þess á mannamótum, enda varðar honum þá eigi við lög, i. 343; á sá sök er hross á, enda verðr sá jamt sekr um nautnina sem aðrir menn, 432; þá á sök þá hvárr er vill, enda skal lögsögumaðr …, 10; enda á hann kost at segja lögleigor á féit, ef hann vill þat heldr, 217; trúi ek honum miklu betr en ( than) öðrum, enda skal ek þessu ráða, and besides I will settle this myself, Eg. 731; sýnisk þat jafnan at ek em fégjarn, enda man svá enn, it is well known that I am a money-loving man, and so it will be too in this case, Nj. 102; beið ek af því þinna atkvæða, enda num öllum þat bezt gegna, I waited for thy decision, and (as) that will be the best for all of us, 78; er þat ok líkast at þér sækit með kappi, enda munu þeir svá verja, and so will they do in their turn, 227; Hallgerðr var fengsöm ok storlynd, enda ( and on the other hand) kallaði hón til alls þess er aðrir áttu í nánd, 18; mikit má konungs gæfa um slíka hluti, enda mun mikill frami fásk í ferðinni ef vel tekst, Fms. iv. í 29; Ölver var málsnjallr ok máldjarfr, e. var hann vitr maðr, 235; ekki mun ek halda til þess at þú brjótir lög þín, enda eru þau eigi brotin, ef …, neither are they broken, if …, Fb. i. 173, Mork. 81.
    2. with a notion of disjunction, and yet; eigi nenni ek at hafa þat saman, at veita Högna, enda drepa bróður hans, I cannot bear to do both, help Hogni and yet kill his brother, Nj. 145; er þér töldut Grænland vera veðrgott land, enda er þat þó fullt af jöklum ok frosti, that you call Greenland a mild climate, and yet it is full of frost and ice, Sks. 209 B.
    3. ellipt. in an abrupt sentence, without a preceding premiss; enda tak nú öxi þína, and now take thy axe (implying that I can no longer prevent thee), Nj. 58; enda þarf hér mikils við, 94; maðrinn segir, enda fauk höfuðit af bolnum, the man continued,—nay, the head flew off the body, Ld. 290: even in some passages one MS. uses ‘enda,’ another ‘ok,’ e. g. skorti nú ekki, enda var drengilega eptir sótt (ok var drengilega eptir sótt, v. l.), Fms. viii. 357; cp. Fb. iii. 258, 1. 16, and Mork. 7, 1. 15: the law sometimes uses ‘ok’ exactly in the sense of enda, ef maðr selr ómaga sinn af landi brott, ‘ok’ verði hinn aptrreki er við tók, þá …, Grág. i. 275.
    2.
    d, (enda, að, Fs. 8, Ld. 50, Bs. i. 865; mod. usage distinguishes between enda að, to end, finish, and enda t, to fulfil):—to end, bring to an end; ok endi þar líf sitt, Fms. i. 297; af ráðinn ok endaðr, Fs. l. c.; endaðir sínu valdi, Bs. i. 865.
    2. metaph. to bring to an end, fulfil, perform a promise or the like; þá sýslu er hann endi eigi, work which he did not perform, Grág. ii. 267; þótti Heinreki biskupi Gizurr eigi enda við konung þat sem hann hafði heitið, Fms. x. 51; enda þeir þat er Páll postuli mælti, Hom. 135; hefir þú komit ok ent þat er þú lofaðir, Niðrst. 8.
    II. reflex, to end, come to an end; reiði mannsins endisk á einu augabragði, 656 A. ii. 17; er svá hefjask upp at eigi endask, 656 B. 3; þá endisk sá enn mikli höfðingskapr Dana konunga, Fms. xi. 205; þær endask ok byrjask jafnfram ávalt, Rb. 232.
    2. to last out; ok endisk þá, allt á sumar fram, Nj. 18; meðan mér endask föng til, Eg. 66; en honum endisk eigi til þess líf, Bs. i. 77; en er veizlor endusk eigi fyrir fjölmennis sakir, Hkr. ii. 92; ok endisk því þetta hóti lengst, Gísl. 50; meðan ek endumk til, as long as I last, i. e. live, Fms. iv. 292.
    3. to end well, do; enda mun þat fám bóndum vel endask at synja mér mægðar, Ísl. ii. 215; ek veit, at þat má honum eigi endask, ef …, Rd. 311; ok öngum skyldi öðrum hans kappa enzk hafa betta nema þér, Fas. i. 104; segir honum eigi ella endask mundu, Fms. iv. 143.
    III. impers. in the phrase, sögu endar, endar þar sögu frá honum, it ends the tale, i. e. the tale is ended, Ld. 50: in mod. usage Icel. can say, saga endar, sögu endar, and saga endast, here the story ends.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ENDA

  • 15 ὅτε

    ὅτε, also Cypr., Inscr.Cypr.135.1 H., [dialect] Dor. [full] ὅκα, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄτα (qq. v.), Relat. Adv., formed from the Relat. stem ὁ- and τε (v. τε B), answering to demonstr. τότε and interrog. πότε; prop. of Time, but sts. passing into a causal sense (cf. ὁπότε).
    A of Time, when, at the time when,
    I Constr.:
    1 with ind. to denote single events or actions in past time, with [tense] impf. or [tense] aor., when, Il.1.397, 432, etc.: rarely with [tense] plpf., 5.392: the Verb is sts. to be repeated from the apodosis, Καλλίξενος δὲ κατελθών, ὅ. καὶ οἱ ἐκ Πειραιῶς (sc. κατῆλθον) X.HG1.7.35: freq. in ellipt. phrases, πῇ ἔβαν εὐχωλαί, ὅ. δὴ φάμεν εἶναι ἄριστοι; whither are gone the boasts, [which we made] when we said.. ? Il.8.229: so after Verbs of perception and the like , ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ, ὅ. τ' ἐκρέμω .. ; rememberest thou not [the time] when.. ? 15.18, cf. 21.396, Od.24.115, Ar.V. 354, Th.2.21, etc.; ἄκουσα εὐχομένης ὅτ' ἔφησθα .. Il.1.397, cf. Pl.Lg. 782c;

    οὐδ' ἔλαθ' Αἴαντα Ζεύς, ὅ. δὴ Τρώεσσι δίδου.. νίκην Il.17.627

    .
    b with [tense] pres., of a thing always happening or now going on, 2.471;

    νῦν, ὅ... σοι ὀξέως ὑπακούω X.Cyr.2.4.6

    ;

    ᾔδεα μὲν γὰρ ὅ... Δαναοῖσιν ἄμυνεν, οἶδα δὲ νῦν ὅ. τοὺς.. κυδάνει Il.14.71

    .
    c rarely with [tense] fut., of a definite future, Od.18.272.
    2 with opt., to denote repeated events or actions in past time, ἔνθα πάρος κοιμᾶθ', ὅ. μιν γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἱκάνοι whenever, as often as, Il.1.610, cf. Od.8.87, etc.;

    ὅ. δή Il.3.216

    .
    b sts. of future events which are represented as uncertain, in clauses dependent on a Verb in the opt. or subj.,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις.., ὅτ' ἐν κονίῃσι μιγείης 3.55

    , cf. 18.465, 21.429, A.Eu. 726.
    c ὅ. μή, in early authors always with opt., for εἰ μή, unless, except, save when, Il.13.319, Od.16.197, Arist.Pol. 1277a24: used by A.R. with subj., 1.245, 4.409.
    3 with subj., only in [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., Il.4.259, 19.337, 21.323, etc., prob. in A.Ag. 766(lyr.).
    II Special usages:
    1 in Hom. to introduce a simile, ὡς δ' ὅτε as when, mostly with subj., Il. 2.147, 4.130, 141, 6.506, al.: sts. with ind., 16.364, 21.12: the Verb must freq. be supplied from the context, as in 2.394, 4.462.
    2 in the [dialect] Ep. phrase πρίν γ' ὅτε δή.., ἤ is omitted before ὅτε, 9.488, 12.437, cf. Od.13.322.
    III ὅτε with other Particles,
    1 ὅτ' ἄν, ὅτε κεν, v. ὅταν.
    2 ὅτε δή and ὅτε δή ῥα, stronger than ὅτε, freq. in Hom. and Hes.,

    ὅτε δή Il.5.65

    , al., Hes.Th. 280, al.;

    ὅτε δή ῥα Il.4.446

    , al., Hes. Th.58,al.; v. infr. IV. I; so

    ὅτ' ἄρ' Il.10.540

    .
    3 ὅτε τε (where τε is otiose, v. τε B. I) 2.471, 10.83, etc.
    4 ὅτε περ even when, 5.802, 14.319, al., Hdt.5.99, Th.1.8, etc.;

    ὅτε πέρ τε Il.4.259

    , 10.7.
    IV the proper correl. Adv. is τότε, as ὅ. δὴ.., τότε δὴ .. 10.365;

    ὅ. δή ῥ'.., δὴ τότε 23.721

    ; ὅ. δὴ.., καὶ τότε δὴ .. 22.208;

    ὅ. δή ῥα.., καὶ τότ' ἄρ' 24.31

    : for τότε we sts. have ἔπειτα, 3.221; αὐτίκα δ', 4.210; δὲ .., 5.438; also νῦν.., ὅ ... S.Aj. 710 (lyr.), etc.; μεθύστερον, ὅ... Id.Tr. 711; ἤματι τῷ, ὅ ... Il.2.743, etc.; so in [dialect] Att., ἦν ποτε χρόνος, ὅ ... Pl.Prt. 320c, cf. Phd. 75a, Hdt.1.160.
    2 elliptical in the phrase ἔστιν ὅ. or ἔσθ' ὅ., there are times when, sometimes, now and then, ἔστι ὅ. Id.2.120; ἔστιν ὅ. Pl.Phd. 62a; ἔσθ' ὅ. S.Aj.56 (v. infr. c).
    B ὅτε sts. has a causal sense, when, seeing that, mostly with [tense] pres. ind., Il.16.433 (v.l. ὅ τε)

    ὅ. δή 20.29

    ; and in Trag. and [dialect] Att. Prose, as S.Aj. 1095, OT 918, Pl.Smp. 206b, R. 581e, Prt. 356c, Sph. 254b, etc.; so

    ὅ. γε Hdt.5.92

    .ά: with [tense] pf. used as [tense] pres., S.Ph. 428, Ar.Nu. 34.
    2 sts. where ὥστε would be more usual,

    οὕτω.. πόρρω κλέος ἥκει, ὅ. καὶ βασιλεὺς ἠρώτησεν Id.Ach. 647

    .
    C [full] ὁτέ Indef. Adv., sometimes, now and then, used like ποτέ at the beginning of each of two corresponding clauses, now.., now.., sometimes.., sometimes.. (not in early Prose, ὁτὲ μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ .. Arist. Pol. 1290a4, al.), ὁτὲ μὲν.., ἄλλοτε .. Il.20.49sq.; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ἄλλοτε δ' αὖ .. 18.599 sq.; ὁτὲ μέν τε.., ἄλλοτε δὲ .. 11.64; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ὁτὲ δ' αὖτε .. A.R.1.1270; ὁτὲ μέν τε.., ὅτ' αὖ .. Id.3.1300; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ποτὲ δὲ .. Plb.6.20.8; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ.., καὶ ἄλλοτε .. D.L.2.106; ὁτὲ μὲν.., πάλιν δὲ .. Arist.EN 1100a28; ἐνίοτε μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ .. Id.Mete. 360b3; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ἢ .. Id.Po. 1448a21 (s. v.l.): also reversely, ἄλλοτε μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ .. Il.11.568; also ὁτὲ δέ in the second clause, without any correlative in the first, 17.178; S. joins

    ἔσθ' ὅτε.., ὅτ' ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον Aj.56

    ; ὁτὲ δέ alone, at the beginning of a clause, X.Cyn.5.8 and 20, 9.8 and 20. ====
    ------------------------------------
    ὅτε, neut. of ὅστε: also [dialect] Ion. masc. for ὅστε,
    A v. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅτε

  • 16 all

    all [ɔ:l]
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    4. noun
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► When all is part of a set combination, eg in all probability, of all people, look up the noun.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    tout (le), toute (la) tous (les), toutes (les)
    all the others tous (or toutes) les autres
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Articles or pronouns often need to be added in French.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. ( = everything) tout
    he's seen it all, done it all il a tout vu, tout fait
    all I want is to sleep tout ce que je veux, c'est dormir
    all I remember is... tout ce dont je me souviens, c'est...
       b. (plural) tous mpl, toutes fpl
    the girls all knew that... les filles savaient toutes que...
    the peaches? I've eaten them all! les pêches ? je les ai toutes mangées !
    education should be open to all who want it l'éducation devrait être accessible à tous ceux qui veulent en bénéficiersuperlative + of all
    best of all, the reforms will cost nothing et surtout, ces réformes ne coûteront rien
    I love his short stories, I've read all of them j'aime beaucoup ses nouvelles, je les ai toutes luesall of + number ( = at least)
       a. ( = entirely) tout
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► When used with a feminine adjective starting with a consonant, tout agrees.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    all by myself etc, all alone tout seul
    what's the score? -- two all quel est le score ? -- deux partout or deux à deux
    4. noun
    all along ( = from the start) depuis le début ; ( = the whole length of) tout le long de
    all along the road tout le long de la route all but ( = nearly) presque ; ( = all except) tous sauf
    we thought, all in all, it wasn't a bad idea nous avons pensé que, l'un dans l'autre, ce n'était pas une mauvaise idée all one
    it's all over! c'est fini !
    this was all the more surprising since... c'était d'autant plus surprenant que...
    all the more so since... d'autant plus que...all the better! tant mieux !
    that's all very well but... c'est bien beau mais...
    the dog ate the sausage, mustard and all le chien a mangé la saucisse avec la moutarde et tout (inf)
    what with the snow and all, we didn't go avec la neige et tout le reste, nous n'y sommes pas allés as all that
    for all its beauty, the city... malgré sa beauté, la ville...
    for all that malgré toutfor all I know...
    for all I know he could be right il a peut-être raison, je n'en sais rien
    for all I know, they're still living together autant que je sache, ils vivent encore ensembleif... at all
    they won't attempt it, if they have any sense at all ils ne vont pas essayer s'ils ont un peu de bon sens
    the little grammar they learn, if they study grammar at all le peu de grammaire qu'ils apprennent, si tant est qu'il étudient la grammaire
    no... at all
    have you any comments? -- none at all! vous avez des commentaires à faire ? -- absolument aucun !not... at all ( = not in the least) pas... du tout
    are you disappointed? -- not at all! vous êtes déçu ? -- pas du tout
    thank you! -- not at all! merci ! -- de rien ! not all that ( = not so)
    all-around adjective (US) [sportsman] complet (- ète f)
    all clear! ( = you can go through) la voie est libre ; ( = the alert is over) l'alerte est passée
    all-purpose adjective [flour, vehicle, cleaner] tous usages ; [knife, glue] universel
    all-round adjective [sportsman] complet (- ète f)
    all-star adjective (Theatre, cinema)
    * * *
    [ɔːl] 1.
    1) ( everything) tout

    all will be revealedhum vous saurez tout hum

    that's all — ( all contexts) c'est tout

    2) ( the only thing) tout

    that's all we need!iron il ne manquait plus que ça!

    3) ( everyone) tous

    thank you, one and all — merci à (vous) tous

    ‘all welcome’ — ‘venez nombreux’

    what's it all for? — ( all contexts) à quoi ça sert (tout ça)?

    2.
    1) ( each one of) tous/toutes
    2) ( the whole of) tout/toute
    3) ( total)
    4) ( any)
    3.
    1) (emphatic: completely) tout

    it's all about... — c'est l'histoire de...

    2) (emphatic: nothing but)

    to be all smiles — ( happy) être tout souriant; ( two-faced) être tout sourire

    4. 5.
    all+ combining form ( completely)

    all-digital/-electronic — entièrement numérique/électronique

    all-female/-male — [group] composé uniquement de femmes/d'hommes

    6.
    all along adverbial phrase [know etc] depuis le début, toujours
    7.
    all but adverbial phrase pratiquement, presque
    8.
    all of adverbial phrase
    9.
    all that adverbial phrase
    10.
    all the adverbial phrase

    all the more[difficult, effective] d'autant plus (before adj)

    11.
    all too adverbial phrase [accurate, easy, widespread, often] bien trop
    12.
    and all adverbial phrase
    1)
    2) (colloq) GB
    13.
    at all adverbial phrase

    not at all! — ( acknowledging thanks) de rien!; ( answering query) pas du tout!

    is it at all likely that...? — y a-t-il la moindre possibilité que...? (+ subj)

    14.
    for all prepositional phrase, adverbial phrase
    1) ( despite)

    for all that — malgré tout, quand même

    15.
    of all prepositional phrase
    1) ( in rank)

    first/last of all — pour commencer/finir

    2) ( emphatic)
    ••

    he's not all there — (colloq) il n'a pas toute sa tête

    it's all go (colloq) here! — GB on s'active (colloq) ici!

    that's all very well —

    English-French dictionary > all

  • 17 quei

    1.
    qui, quae, quod (old forms: nom. quei; gen. quojus; dat. quoi, and in inscrr. QVOEI, QVOIEI, and QVEI; abl. qui; plur. ques or queis; fem. QVAI; neutr. qua; dat. and abl. queis and quĭs.—Joined with cum: quocum, quācum, quicum, quibuscum;

    rarely cum quo,

    Liv. 7, 33:

    cum quibus,

    id. 4, 5. — Placed also before other prepositions: quas contra, quem propter, etc.; v. h. praepp.), pron.
    I.
    Interrog., who? which? what? what kind or sort of a? (adjectively; while quis, quid is used substantively; qui, of persons, asks for the character, quis usu. for the name).
    A.
    In direct questions: quae haec daps est? qui festus dies? what sort of a feast? what kind of a festival? Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 752 P. (a transl. of Hom. Od. 1, 225: tis daïs, tis de homilos hod epleto; cf. Herm. Doctr. Metr. p. 619): Th. Quis fuit igitur? Py. Iste Chaerea. Th. Qui Chaerea? what Chærea? Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 8:

    qui color, nitor, vestitus?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 11:

    qui cantus dulcior inveniri potest? quod carmen aptius? qui actor in imitandā veritate jucundior?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 8, 34:

    virgo, quae patria est tua?

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 88:

    occiso Sex. Roscio, qui primus Ameriam nuntiat?

    what sort of a person? Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 96.—
    B.
    In indirect discourse:

    scribis te velle scire, qui sit rei publicae status,

    what is the state of the country, Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 10:

    quae cura boum, qui cultus habendo Sit pecori... Hinc canere incipiam,

    Verg. G. 1, 3:

    iste deus qui sit da, Tityre, nobis,

    id. E. 1, 18; 2, 19; 3, 8; id. A. 3, 608:

    nescimus qui sis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 20:

    qui sit, qui socium fraudarit, consideremus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 6, 17.—
    II.
    Rel., who, which, what, that, referring to a substantive or pronoun as antecedent.
    A.
    As a simple rel.
    1.
    With antecedent expressed:

    habebat ducem Gabinium, quīcum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:

    ille vir, cui patriae salus dulcior fuit,

    id. Balb. 5, 11:

    vir acer, cui, etc.,

    id. Brut. 35, 135:

    vir optimus, qui, etc.,

    id. Fam. 14, 4, 2:

    Priscus, vir cujus, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 46, 10; 23, 7, 4:

    quod ego fui ad Trasimenum, id tu hodie es,

    id. 30, 30, 12:

    collaria, quae vocantur maelium,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 15:

    coloniam, quam Fregellas appellent,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    sucus, quem opobalsamum vocant,

    Plin. 12, 25, 54, § 116:

    sidere, quod Caniculam appellavimus,

    id. 18, 28, 68, § 272. —
    2.
    With pronom. antecedent understood: QVI IN IVS VOCABIT, IVMENTVM DATO, Lex XII. Tabularum: SI ADORAT FVRTO, QVOD NEC MANIFESTVM ESCIT, ib. tab. 2, 1. 8:

    novistine hominem? ridicule rogitas, quīcum una cibum capere soleo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 60:

    beati, quīs contigit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 95:

    fac, qui ego sum, esse te,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1. —
    3.
    The rel. freq. agrees with the foll. word:

    est locus in carcere, quod Tullianum appellatur,

    Sall. C. 55, 3:

    ealoca, quae Numidia appellatur,

    id. J. 18, 11:

    exstat ejus peroratio, qui epilogus dicitur,

    Cic. Brut. 33, 127:

    justa gloria, qui est fructus virtutis,

    id. Pis. 24, 57:

    domicilia conjuncta, quas urbes dicimus,

    id. Sest. 42, 91. —
    4.
    Sometimes it agrees with the logical, not the grammatical antecedent:

    ne tu me arbitrare beluam, qui non novisse possim, quīcum aetatem exegerim,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 112:

    ubi est scelus qui me perdidit?

    Ter. And. 3, 5, 1:

    hoc libro circumcisis rebus, quae non arbitror pertinere ad agriculturam,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 11:

    abundantia earum rerum, quae prima mortales ducunt,

    Sall. J. 41, 1; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2:

    illa furia muliebrium relligionum, qui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 15: alteram alam mittit, qui satagentibus occurrerent, Auct. B. Afr. 78. —
    5.
    Relating to a remote subject:

    annis ferme DX post Romam conditam Livius fabulam dedit... anno ante natum Ennium: qui (sc. Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3; v. the commentators ad loc.; Liv. 21, 26, 2; 31, 38, 10; 37, 14, 2; cf. Krehl ad Prisc. 2, 9, § 48, p. 91.—
    6.
    The antecedent is sometimes repeated after the rel.:

    erant itinera duo, quibus itineribus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6. —
    7.
    In a question, with ne affixed: sed ubi Artotrogus hic est? Art. Stat propter virum fortem... Mil. Quemne ego servavi in campis Curculioniis? whom I saved? Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 9:

    quemne ego vidi?

    whom I saw? Ter. And. 4, 4, 29.—
    B.
    With an accessory signif., causal or final, joined to the subj.
    1.
    As, because, seeing that, since:

    Actio maluimus iter facere pedibus, qui incommodissime navigassemus,

    Cic. Att. 5, 9, 1:

    hospes, qui nihil suspicaretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 25, § 64;

    ingrata es, ore quae caput nostro Incolume abstuleris,

    Phaedr. 1, 8, 11.—
    2.
    Qui, with the subj., also follows dignus, indignus, aptus, idoneus, etc., answering the question, to or for what? dignus est, qui imperet, i. e. to, Cic. Leg. 3, 2, 5:

    dignum esse dicunt, quīcum in tenebris mices,

    id. Off. 3, 19, 77:

    socios haud indignos judicas, quos in fidem receptos tuearis,

    Liv. 23, 43:

    idoneus nemo fuit quem imitarere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 41.—
    3.
    Also after demonstrr. or clauses expressing or implying a quality or degree which is defined or explained in the rel.-clause:

    qui potest temperantiam laudare is, qui ponat summum bonum in voluptate?

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117:

    nullo modo videre potest quicquam esse utile, quod non honestum sit,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    non sumus ii, quibus nihil verum esse videatur,

    id. N. D. 1, 5, 12:

    nunc dicis aliquid quod ad rem pertineat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    quis potest esse tam mente captus, qui neget?

    as that, that, to, id. Cat. 3, 9.—
    4.
    To express a purpose, design, in order that, to:

    sunt autem multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    Caesar equitatum praemisit, qui viderent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15:

    domi creant decem praetores, qui exercitui praeessent,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 4. —
    C.
    The rel. serves as a connective, instead of is, ea, id, with a conj.:

    res loquitur ipsa, quae semper valet plurimum,

    and this, Cic. Mil. 20, 53:

    ratio docet esse deos, quo concesso, confitendum est, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 30, 75.—
    D.
    The rel. sometimes means, by virtue of, according to, such:

    quae tua natura est,

    according to your disposition, Cic. Fam. 13, 78, 2:

    qui meus amor in te est,

    such is my love, id. ib. 7, 2, 1.—
    E.
    In neutr. sing.
    a.
    Quod signifies,
    1.
    As much as, as far as, what, = quantum:

    adjutabo quod potero,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 7:

    cura, quod potes, ut valeas,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 6:

    quae tibi mandavi, velim ut cures, quod sine molestiā tuā facere poteris,

    id. Att. 1, 5, 7:

    tu tamen, quod poteris, nos consiliis juvabis,

    id. ib. 10, 2, 2; 11, 2, 2; 11, 12, 4; id. Fam. 3, 2, 2:

    nihil cuiquam, quod suum dici vellet,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    (Epicurus) se unus, quod sciam, sapientem profiteri est ausus,

    id. Fin. 2, 3, 7:

    quod tuo commodo fiat,

    id. Fam 4, 2, 4: quod litteris exstet, [p. 1511] id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38:

    quod sciam,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 6, 14:

    quod ad me attinet,

    as far as depends on me, for my part, Cic. Rosc. Am. 42, 122.— With ellips. of attinet: quod ad Caesarem crebri et non belli de eo rumores, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3, § 7; Varr. L. L. 5, § 57 Müll.—With gen.:

    quod operae,

    so much trouble, Cic. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    quod aeris,

    Liv. 8, 20. —
    2.
    Wherein:

    si quid est, Quod mea opera opus sit vobis,

    Ter. And. 4, 3, 23.—
    b.
    Quo, abl. neutr., with compp. (with or without hoc, eo, or tanto): quo... eo, by how much, by so much, the... the:

    quo difficilius, hoc praeclarius,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64.—
    III.
    Indef., any one, any; with si, num, ne, v. quis:

    quaeritur, num quod officium aliud alio majus sit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 7:

    si qui graviore vulnere accepto equo deciderat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 48:

    nisi si qui publice ad eam rem constitutus esset,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 65:

    (BACANALIA) SEI QVA SVNT, S. C. de Bacchan.: ne qui forte putet,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 2, 8.
    2.
    quī, adv. interrog., rel. and indef. [old abl. of 1. qui].
    I.
    Interrog., in what manner? how? whereby? by what means? why?
    A.
    In direct questions:

    quī minus eadem histrioni sit lex quae summo viro?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 76:

    Quī, amabo?

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 19:

    quī scire possum?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 13:

    Quī in mentem venit tibi istuc facinus facere?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 31:

    Quī non?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 44:

    quī vero dupliciter?

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 25:

    quī vero?

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 60:

    quī scis?

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 2:

    quī istuc facere potuit?

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 15:

    quī potui melius?

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 7:

    sed nos deum nisi sempiternum intellegere quī possumus?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 10, 25:

    quī potest esse in ejusmodi trunco sapientia?

    id. ib. 1, 30, 84:

    quī potest?

    id. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    quī ego minus in Africam traicerem,

    Liv. 28, 43, 18.—
    B.
    In indirect questions:

    nimis demiror, quī illaec me donatum esse aureā paterā sciat,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 133:

    quī istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    nec quī hoc mihi eveniat scio,

    id. Hec. 2, 3, 6:

    neque videre, quī conveniat,

    Liv. 42, 50. —
    C.
    In curses (cf. Gr. pôs, and Lat. utinam), how, would that, if but: quī illum di deaeque magno mactassint malo, Enn. ap. Non. 342, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 377 Vahl.):

    quī te Juppiter dique omnes perduint!

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 31:

    quī istum di perdant!

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 78:

    quī te di omnes perdant!

    id. ib. 4, 2, 155; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 73.—Ellipt.:

    quī illi di irati!

    Cic. Att. 4, 7, 1.—
    II.
    Rel., wherewith, whereby, wherefrom, how (referring to all genders and both numbers).
    1.
    In gen.: date ferrum, quī me animā privem, Enn. ap. Non. p. 474, 30 (Trag. Rel. v. 233 Vahl.):

    patera, quī Pterela potitare rex est solitus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 104; 1, 3, 37:

    sucophantia, quī admutiletur miles,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 172; id. Capt. 1, 1, 33; 3, 4, 24:

    mihi dari... vehicla quī vehar,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 28:

    multa concurrunt simul, Quī conjecturam hanc facio,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 32:

    in tantā paupertate decessit, ut quī efferretur, vix reliquerit,

    Nep. Arist. 3, 2.—
    2.
    Esp., of price, at what price, for how much, = quanti:

    indica minumo daturus quī sis, quī duci queat,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 41:

    quī datur, tanti indica,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 109:

    ut quantum possit quīque liceat veneant,

    id. Men. 3, 3, 25.—
    B.
    Transf., that, in order that: Ca. Restim volo mihi emere. Ps. Quam ob rem? Ca. Quī me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87:

    ut det, quī fiamus liberi,

    id. Aul. 2, 4, 31:

    facite, fingite, invenite, efficite, quī detur tibi: Ego id agam, mihi quī ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 34 sq. —
    C.
    Indef. (only with particles of emphasis and assurance; cf. Gr. pôs, and v. Fleck. Krit. Misc. p. 28; Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 811; Brix ad Plaut. Capt. 550), in some way, somehow, surely (ante-class.); with hercle:

    hercle quī, ut tu praedicas, Cavendumst me aps te irato,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 58:

    hercle quī multo improbiores sunt, quam a primo credidi,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    hercle quī aequom postulabat senex,

    id. Stich. 4, 1, 53; id. Men. 2, 3, 74.—With edepol:

    edepol quī te de isto multi cupiunt nunc mentirier,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184:

    edepol quī quom hanc magis contemplo, magis placet,

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; id. Am. 2, 2, 144.—With at (cf. atquī), and yet, but somehow: Gr. Non audio. Tr. At pol quī audies, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 9; id. Am. 2, 2, 73.— With quippe: horum tibi istic nihil eveniet, quippe quī ubi quod subripias nihil est, Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 22:

    ea nimiast ratio, quippe quī certo scio, etc.,

    id. Truc. 1, 1, 49:

    quippe quī Magnarum saepe id remedium aegritudinumst,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 27.—With ut:

    an id est sapere, ut quī beneficium a benevolente repudies?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 11:

    et eum morbum mi esse, ut quī med opus sit insputarier?

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 21; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > quei

  • 18 qui

    1.
    qui, quae, quod (old forms: nom. quei; gen. quojus; dat. quoi, and in inscrr. QVOEI, QVOIEI, and QVEI; abl. qui; plur. ques or queis; fem. QVAI; neutr. qua; dat. and abl. queis and quĭs.—Joined with cum: quocum, quācum, quicum, quibuscum;

    rarely cum quo,

    Liv. 7, 33:

    cum quibus,

    id. 4, 5. — Placed also before other prepositions: quas contra, quem propter, etc.; v. h. praepp.), pron.
    I.
    Interrog., who? which? what? what kind or sort of a? (adjectively; while quis, quid is used substantively; qui, of persons, asks for the character, quis usu. for the name).
    A.
    In direct questions: quae haec daps est? qui festus dies? what sort of a feast? what kind of a festival? Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 752 P. (a transl. of Hom. Od. 1, 225: tis daïs, tis de homilos hod epleto; cf. Herm. Doctr. Metr. p. 619): Th. Quis fuit igitur? Py. Iste Chaerea. Th. Qui Chaerea? what Chærea? Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 8:

    qui color, nitor, vestitus?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 11:

    qui cantus dulcior inveniri potest? quod carmen aptius? qui actor in imitandā veritate jucundior?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 8, 34:

    virgo, quae patria est tua?

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 88:

    occiso Sex. Roscio, qui primus Ameriam nuntiat?

    what sort of a person? Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 96.—
    B.
    In indirect discourse:

    scribis te velle scire, qui sit rei publicae status,

    what is the state of the country, Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 10:

    quae cura boum, qui cultus habendo Sit pecori... Hinc canere incipiam,

    Verg. G. 1, 3:

    iste deus qui sit da, Tityre, nobis,

    id. E. 1, 18; 2, 19; 3, 8; id. A. 3, 608:

    nescimus qui sis,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 20:

    qui sit, qui socium fraudarit, consideremus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 6, 17.—
    II.
    Rel., who, which, what, that, referring to a substantive or pronoun as antecedent.
    A.
    As a simple rel.
    1.
    With antecedent expressed:

    habebat ducem Gabinium, quīcum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:

    ille vir, cui patriae salus dulcior fuit,

    id. Balb. 5, 11:

    vir acer, cui, etc.,

    id. Brut. 35, 135:

    vir optimus, qui, etc.,

    id. Fam. 14, 4, 2:

    Priscus, vir cujus, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 46, 10; 23, 7, 4:

    quod ego fui ad Trasimenum, id tu hodie es,

    id. 30, 30, 12:

    collaria, quae vocantur maelium,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 15:

    coloniam, quam Fregellas appellent,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    sucus, quem opobalsamum vocant,

    Plin. 12, 25, 54, § 116:

    sidere, quod Caniculam appellavimus,

    id. 18, 28, 68, § 272. —
    2.
    With pronom. antecedent understood: QVI IN IVS VOCABIT, IVMENTVM DATO, Lex XII. Tabularum: SI ADORAT FVRTO, QVOD NEC MANIFESTVM ESCIT, ib. tab. 2, 1. 8:

    novistine hominem? ridicule rogitas, quīcum una cibum capere soleo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 60:

    beati, quīs contigit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 95:

    fac, qui ego sum, esse te,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1. —
    3.
    The rel. freq. agrees with the foll. word:

    est locus in carcere, quod Tullianum appellatur,

    Sall. C. 55, 3:

    ealoca, quae Numidia appellatur,

    id. J. 18, 11:

    exstat ejus peroratio, qui epilogus dicitur,

    Cic. Brut. 33, 127:

    justa gloria, qui est fructus virtutis,

    id. Pis. 24, 57:

    domicilia conjuncta, quas urbes dicimus,

    id. Sest. 42, 91. —
    4.
    Sometimes it agrees with the logical, not the grammatical antecedent:

    ne tu me arbitrare beluam, qui non novisse possim, quīcum aetatem exegerim,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 112:

    ubi est scelus qui me perdidit?

    Ter. And. 3, 5, 1:

    hoc libro circumcisis rebus, quae non arbitror pertinere ad agriculturam,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 11:

    abundantia earum rerum, quae prima mortales ducunt,

    Sall. J. 41, 1; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2:

    illa furia muliebrium relligionum, qui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 15: alteram alam mittit, qui satagentibus occurrerent, Auct. B. Afr. 78. —
    5.
    Relating to a remote subject:

    annis ferme DX post Romam conditam Livius fabulam dedit... anno ante natum Ennium: qui (sc. Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3; v. the commentators ad loc.; Liv. 21, 26, 2; 31, 38, 10; 37, 14, 2; cf. Krehl ad Prisc. 2, 9, § 48, p. 91.—
    6.
    The antecedent is sometimes repeated after the rel.:

    erant itinera duo, quibus itineribus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6. —
    7.
    In a question, with ne affixed: sed ubi Artotrogus hic est? Art. Stat propter virum fortem... Mil. Quemne ego servavi in campis Curculioniis? whom I saved? Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 9:

    quemne ego vidi?

    whom I saw? Ter. And. 4, 4, 29.—
    B.
    With an accessory signif., causal or final, joined to the subj.
    1.
    As, because, seeing that, since:

    Actio maluimus iter facere pedibus, qui incommodissime navigassemus,

    Cic. Att. 5, 9, 1:

    hospes, qui nihil suspicaretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 25, § 64;

    ingrata es, ore quae caput nostro Incolume abstuleris,

    Phaedr. 1, 8, 11.—
    2.
    Qui, with the subj., also follows dignus, indignus, aptus, idoneus, etc., answering the question, to or for what? dignus est, qui imperet, i. e. to, Cic. Leg. 3, 2, 5:

    dignum esse dicunt, quīcum in tenebris mices,

    id. Off. 3, 19, 77:

    socios haud indignos judicas, quos in fidem receptos tuearis,

    Liv. 23, 43:

    idoneus nemo fuit quem imitarere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 41.—
    3.
    Also after demonstrr. or clauses expressing or implying a quality or degree which is defined or explained in the rel.-clause:

    qui potest temperantiam laudare is, qui ponat summum bonum in voluptate?

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117:

    nullo modo videre potest quicquam esse utile, quod non honestum sit,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    non sumus ii, quibus nihil verum esse videatur,

    id. N. D. 1, 5, 12:

    nunc dicis aliquid quod ad rem pertineat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    quis potest esse tam mente captus, qui neget?

    as that, that, to, id. Cat. 3, 9.—
    4.
    To express a purpose, design, in order that, to:

    sunt autem multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14, 43:

    Caesar equitatum praemisit, qui viderent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15:

    domi creant decem praetores, qui exercitui praeessent,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 4. —
    C.
    The rel. serves as a connective, instead of is, ea, id, with a conj.:

    res loquitur ipsa, quae semper valet plurimum,

    and this, Cic. Mil. 20, 53:

    ratio docet esse deos, quo concesso, confitendum est, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 30, 75.—
    D.
    The rel. sometimes means, by virtue of, according to, such:

    quae tua natura est,

    according to your disposition, Cic. Fam. 13, 78, 2:

    qui meus amor in te est,

    such is my love, id. ib. 7, 2, 1.—
    E.
    In neutr. sing.
    a.
    Quod signifies,
    1.
    As much as, as far as, what, = quantum:

    adjutabo quod potero,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 7:

    cura, quod potes, ut valeas,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 6:

    quae tibi mandavi, velim ut cures, quod sine molestiā tuā facere poteris,

    id. Att. 1, 5, 7:

    tu tamen, quod poteris, nos consiliis juvabis,

    id. ib. 10, 2, 2; 11, 2, 2; 11, 12, 4; id. Fam. 3, 2, 2:

    nihil cuiquam, quod suum dici vellet,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    (Epicurus) se unus, quod sciam, sapientem profiteri est ausus,

    id. Fin. 2, 3, 7:

    quod tuo commodo fiat,

    id. Fam 4, 2, 4: quod litteris exstet, [p. 1511] id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38:

    quod sciam,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 6, 14:

    quod ad me attinet,

    as far as depends on me, for my part, Cic. Rosc. Am. 42, 122.— With ellips. of attinet: quod ad Caesarem crebri et non belli de eo rumores, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3, § 7; Varr. L. L. 5, § 57 Müll.—With gen.:

    quod operae,

    so much trouble, Cic. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    quod aeris,

    Liv. 8, 20. —
    2.
    Wherein:

    si quid est, Quod mea opera opus sit vobis,

    Ter. And. 4, 3, 23.—
    b.
    Quo, abl. neutr., with compp. (with or without hoc, eo, or tanto): quo... eo, by how much, by so much, the... the:

    quo difficilius, hoc praeclarius,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64.—
    III.
    Indef., any one, any; with si, num, ne, v. quis:

    quaeritur, num quod officium aliud alio majus sit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 7:

    si qui graviore vulnere accepto equo deciderat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 48:

    nisi si qui publice ad eam rem constitutus esset,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 65:

    (BACANALIA) SEI QVA SVNT, S. C. de Bacchan.: ne qui forte putet,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 2, 8.
    2.
    quī, adv. interrog., rel. and indef. [old abl. of 1. qui].
    I.
    Interrog., in what manner? how? whereby? by what means? why?
    A.
    In direct questions:

    quī minus eadem histrioni sit lex quae summo viro?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 76:

    Quī, amabo?

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 19:

    quī scire possum?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 13:

    Quī in mentem venit tibi istuc facinus facere?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 31:

    Quī non?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 44:

    quī vero dupliciter?

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 25:

    quī vero?

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 60:

    quī scis?

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 2:

    quī istuc facere potuit?

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 15:

    quī potui melius?

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 7:

    sed nos deum nisi sempiternum intellegere quī possumus?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 10, 25:

    quī potest esse in ejusmodi trunco sapientia?

    id. ib. 1, 30, 84:

    quī potest?

    id. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    quī ego minus in Africam traicerem,

    Liv. 28, 43, 18.—
    B.
    In indirect questions:

    nimis demiror, quī illaec me donatum esse aureā paterā sciat,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 133:

    quī istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    nec quī hoc mihi eveniat scio,

    id. Hec. 2, 3, 6:

    neque videre, quī conveniat,

    Liv. 42, 50. —
    C.
    In curses (cf. Gr. pôs, and Lat. utinam), how, would that, if but: quī illum di deaeque magno mactassint malo, Enn. ap. Non. 342, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 377 Vahl.):

    quī te Juppiter dique omnes perduint!

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 31:

    quī istum di perdant!

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 78:

    quī te di omnes perdant!

    id. ib. 4, 2, 155; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 73.—Ellipt.:

    quī illi di irati!

    Cic. Att. 4, 7, 1.—
    II.
    Rel., wherewith, whereby, wherefrom, how (referring to all genders and both numbers).
    1.
    In gen.: date ferrum, quī me animā privem, Enn. ap. Non. p. 474, 30 (Trag. Rel. v. 233 Vahl.):

    patera, quī Pterela potitare rex est solitus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 104; 1, 3, 37:

    sucophantia, quī admutiletur miles,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 172; id. Capt. 1, 1, 33; 3, 4, 24:

    mihi dari... vehicla quī vehar,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 28:

    multa concurrunt simul, Quī conjecturam hanc facio,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 32:

    in tantā paupertate decessit, ut quī efferretur, vix reliquerit,

    Nep. Arist. 3, 2.—
    2.
    Esp., of price, at what price, for how much, = quanti:

    indica minumo daturus quī sis, quī duci queat,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 41:

    quī datur, tanti indica,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 109:

    ut quantum possit quīque liceat veneant,

    id. Men. 3, 3, 25.—
    B.
    Transf., that, in order that: Ca. Restim volo mihi emere. Ps. Quam ob rem? Ca. Quī me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87:

    ut det, quī fiamus liberi,

    id. Aul. 2, 4, 31:

    facite, fingite, invenite, efficite, quī detur tibi: Ego id agam, mihi quī ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 34 sq. —
    C.
    Indef. (only with particles of emphasis and assurance; cf. Gr. pôs, and v. Fleck. Krit. Misc. p. 28; Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 811; Brix ad Plaut. Capt. 550), in some way, somehow, surely (ante-class.); with hercle:

    hercle quī, ut tu praedicas, Cavendumst me aps te irato,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 58:

    hercle quī multo improbiores sunt, quam a primo credidi,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 139:

    hercle quī aequom postulabat senex,

    id. Stich. 4, 1, 53; id. Men. 2, 3, 74.—With edepol:

    edepol quī te de isto multi cupiunt nunc mentirier,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184:

    edepol quī quom hanc magis contemplo, magis placet,

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; id. Am. 2, 2, 144.—With at (cf. atquī), and yet, but somehow: Gr. Non audio. Tr. At pol quī audies, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 9; id. Am. 2, 2, 73.— With quippe: horum tibi istic nihil eveniet, quippe quī ubi quod subripias nihil est, Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 22:

    ea nimiast ratio, quippe quī certo scio, etc.,

    id. Truc. 1, 1, 49:

    quippe quī Magnarum saepe id remedium aegritudinumst,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 27.—With ut:

    an id est sapere, ut quī beneficium a benevolente repudies?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 11:

    et eum morbum mi esse, ut quī med opus sit insputarier?

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 21; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > qui

  • 19 νύξ

    νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ (‘night’ Hom.+) for the acc. νύκταν (JosAs 10:17; ApcEsdr 5:4 p. 29, 28 Tdf.) s. B-D-F §46, 1.
    period between sunset and sunrise, night
    Mt 14:25 φυλακὴ τ. νυκτός (as Jos., Bell. 5, 510); Mk 6:48; J 13:30 (for the short clause cp. εἰμί 5.—For the scene cp. 1 Km 28:25; Musaeus, Heron and Leander [V A.D.] v. 309 [ALudwich 1929] νὺξ ἦν); Ac 16:33; 23:23; 27:27a; Rv 21:25; 22:5; 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:3); GP 5:18; AcPl Ha 5, 21. ἐν ὁράματι τῆς ν. in a vision at night Hv 3, 10, 6. κατὰ μέσον τῆς ν. at midnight Ac 16:25 D; 27:27b; καὶ ἡ ν. ὁμοίως and likewise the night, as well as the day (i.e. μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς=it is to lose a third of the light fr. moon and stars) Rv 8:12 (cp. Job 3:9). W. ἡμέρα (as En 104:8; ApcEsdr 2:9 p. 25, 30 Tdf.; ApcSed 8:2; Philo, Aet. M. 19; Ath. 24, 2; Hippol., Ref. 4, 44, 1; cp. Did., Gen. 37:13) also 1 Cl 20:2; 24:3. κοιμᾶται ἡ ν., ν. ἐπέρχεται the night sleeps, comes on vs. 3b. κατέλαβεν αὐτὸν νύξ the night overtook him GJs 14:1 (cp. GrBar 9:1).
    gen. νυκτός at night, in the night-time (Hom.+; Diod S 18, 34, 6; SIG 521, 5 [III B.C.]; PHib 36, 5 [229 B.C.]; PAmh 134, 6; 1 Macc 4:1, 5; 5:29; 2 Macc 12:9; 3 Macc 5:19; JosAs 24:3; Jos., Ant. 6, 215.—B-D-F §186, 2; Rob. 495) Mt 2:14; 28:13; J 3:2; 19:39; Ac 9:25; 1 Th 5:7ab; AcPl Ha 5, 29; τῆς ν. on this night (X., An. 5, 7, 14; Alexis Com. 148 Kock.—B-D-F §186, 2) Lk 2:8. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας night and day (X., Symp. 4, 48, Apol. 31; BGU 246, 12; PGiss 19, 7; Jdth 11:17) 1 Th 2:9; 3:10; 2 Th 3:8; 1 Ti 5:5; 2 Ti 1:3; 19:10; IRo 5:1; D 4:1; GPt 7:27; Ox 840, 34; AcPl Ha 2, 10; 3, 1. ἡμέρας καὶ ν. (Dt 28:66; Josh 1:8; 2 Ch 6:20; 2 Esdr 14:3; Ps 1:2; Is 60:11 al.) Lk 18:7; Rv 4:8; 7:15; 12:10; 14:11; 20:10. ἡμέρας τε καὶ ν. (IMagnMai 163, 8) Ac 9:24; 1 Cl 2:4. διὰ παντὸς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας continually, night and day (cp. UPZ 110, 87 [164 B.C.]; PTebt 48, 10 [113 B.C.]) Mk 5:5.—W. prep. διὰ νυκτός through the night (X., An. 4, 6, 22; Athen. 7, 276c; PGM 4, 2052) Ac 23:31; διʼ ὅλης ν. all through the night, during the night (cp. Just., D. 1, 4 διʼ ὅλης ν. καὶ ἡμέρας) Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (s. διά A 2a). διὰ νυκτός at night, during the night (s. διά A 2b and cp. also IGR IV, 860, 10 στρατηγήσαντα διὰ νυκτός; BGU 597, 20; PTebt 332, 9; Sb 4317, 4; PGM 6, 47; 7, 407) Ac 5:19; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ν. (so Achilles Tat. 8, 19, 1) 16:9 (s. B-D-F §255, 3; Rob. 791). μέσης ν. at midnight Mt 25:6 (s. μέσος 1a).
    dat., answering the question ‘when’? (B-D-F §200, 1; Rob. 522): νυκτί at night (Hom. et al.; Philo, Aet. M. 88) φαίνειν Dg 7:2. Pl. (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac. τρισὶ νυξί) ταῖς νυξί at night 2:7; ταύτῃ τῇ ν. (cp. TestAbr A 7 p. 83, 35 [Stone p. 14]; JosAs 24:13; ApcMos 2 τῇ ν. ταύτῃ) this very night, tonight Mk 14:30; Lk 12:20; 17:34; Ac 27:23; αὐτῇ τῇ ν. on the night of that same day Hv 3, 1, 2; 3, 10, 7. τῇ ν. ἐκείνῃ Ac 12:6; τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ν. the following night 23:11. Cp. GPt 9:35.—W. prep. ἐν ν. at night, in the night (X. et al.; SIG 527, 40 [c. 220 B.C.]; Veröffentlichungen aus der pap-Sammlung München 6, 43; 3 Macc 5:11; PsSol 4:5, 16; TestJob 24:4; Tat. 22:2) Ac 18:9; 1 Th 5:2; 2 Pt 3:10 v.l.; ἐν τῇ ν. (TestJob 3:1; GrBar 9:8) J 11:10. ἐν τῇ ν. ταύτῃ (Jdth 11:3, 5; 13:14) Mt 26:31. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ν. vs. 34; ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ν. (cp. 1 Macc 13:22) J 21:3. ἐν τῇ ν. ᾗ παρεδίδοτο 1 Cor 11:23.
    acc., answering the question ‘how long?’ (Hom. et al.; B-D-F §161, 2; Rob. 469–71) ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα Mt 4:2; 1 Cl 53:2; B 4:7; 14:2 (Ex 24:18; 34:28); GJs 1:4. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας Mt 12:40ab (Jon 2:1); GJs 24:3; AcPl Ox 6 recto, 3f (sg. opp. pl. Aa I 241, 11); AcPlCor 2:30. τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην for three years, night and day, I did not stop Ac 20:31. νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν night and day (Hyperid. 5, 13; Aeneas Tact. 380; Palaeph. p. 57, 5; Jos., Ant. 16, 260) Mk 4:27; Lk 2:37; Ac 26:7; MPol 5:1. τὰς νύκτας during the nights, at night (Biogr. p. 428; PHal 8, 4; Tob 10:7 BA) Lk 21:37. τὴν ν. through the night Hs 9, 11, 6. ὅλην τὴν ν. the whole night through (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 20, 4 Kock; Ex 14:20f; Lev 6:2 al.; JosAs 25:3) Hs 9, 11, 8.
    night as condition, night fig. ext. of 1: as time for rest from work J 9:4 (as a symbol of death: Kaibel 1095, 4 νὺξ αὐτοὺς καταλύει). As a time contrasting with eschatological fulfillment ἡ ν. προέκοψεν the night is far gone Ro 13:12; cp. 1 Th 5:5.—B. 992. Neugebauer/Hoesen index. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > νύξ

  • 20 respondeo

    rē-spondĕo, di, sum, 2, v. a.
    I.
    Lit., to promise a thing in return for something else; to offer or present in return. So, only in a few examples, the phrase par pari (dat.) respondere, to return like for like: par pari respondes dicto, you return tit for tat with your tongue (syn. refero), Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 41; cf.: istuc serva; et verbum verbo par pari ut respondeas, Ter Phorm. 1, 4, 35; and:

    paria paribus respondimus,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 23.— Pass.: provide, si cui quid debetur, ut sit, unde par pari respondeatur, i. e. that there be wherewithal to meet the demand, Atticus ap. Cic. Att. 16, 7, 6; cf. also under II. A. 1, the lusus verbb. with spondeo; and II. B. init.
    II.
    In a more general signification.
    A.
    To answer, reply, respond (either to a question, or to any statement or remark, and either in a friendly or hostile signif.); constr. aliquid alicui, ad, adversus, contra aliquem ( aliquid).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Lit.: Th. Aliud te rogo. Tr. Aliud ergo nunc tibi respondeo, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 70; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 73.— Absol.:

    prius respondes, quam rogo,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 119:

    eā legatione Papirius auditā... respondit,

    Liv. 9, 14, 2; 27, 40, 8; 33, 38, 7; Nep. Milt. 1, 4:

    ille appellatus respondit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 36; 5, 41; Cic. Leg. 3, 13, 30; id. Verr. 2, 4, 62, § 138; id. Fam. 3, 6, 2; 5, 2, 8; 7, 24, 2;

    9, 14, 2. — So usu. of an oral answer: tibi non rescribam, sed respondeam,

    Sen. Ep. 67, 2;

    but also of writing: epistulae,

    Cic. Att. 9, 9, 1 et saep.; v. infra:

    ab his sermo oritur, respondet Laelius,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 5; Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 28: olli respondit rex Albaï Longaï, Enn. ap. Fortun. p. 2691 P. (Ann. v. 34 Vahl.):

    cui orationi Caepionis ore respondit Aelius,

    Cic. Brut. 46, 169:

    criminibus,

    id. Planc. 2, 4:

    supremae tuae paginae,

    id. Att. 6, 2, 1:

    cui opinioni,

    Quint. 4, 4, 1:

    tam aequae postulationi,

    id. 7, 1, 47 al.:

    summā constantiā ad ea, quae quaesita erant, respondebat,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 1, 2; cf.:

    arbitrabar me satis respondisse ad id quod quaesierat Laelius,

    id. Rep. 2, 39, 65:

    nec absurde adversus utrosque respondisse visus est,

    Liv. 35, 50; 8, 32:

    adversus haec imperator respondit,

    id. 30, 31; 33, 35 fin.With acc. of neutr. pron.:

    illud respondere cogam,

    to make answer to that, Cic. Cael. 28, 67; cf. id. Vatin. 7, 18; 17, 41:

    multa contra patronos venuste testis saepe respondet,

    Quint. 5, 7, 31; 5, 7, 24; cf.:

    accipe, quid contra juvenis responderit,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 233.— With object-clause:

    respondent, bello se et suos tutari posse,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 59; id. Curc. 2, 3, 54; id. Mil. 2, 2, 23; id. Merc. 5, 2. 102 al. —Introducing a direct answer:

    cum dixisset, Quid agis, Grani? respondit, Immo vero tu, Druse, quid agis!

    Cic. Planc. 14, 33; id. Att. 5, 21, 12; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Tusc. 5, 19, 56.— In impers. perf.:

    postquam mihi responsum est, abeo, etc.,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 2, 93: quid nunc renunciem abs te responsum? Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 18:

    sic existimet: Responsum non dictum esse, quia laesit prior,

    id. Eun. prol. 6.— In plur.:

    multa ejus et in senatu et in foro vel provisa prudenter vel acta constanter vel responsa acute ferebantur,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 6.— In the sup.:

    (haec) quam brevia responsu,

    Cic. Clu. 59 fin. — In a lusus verbb. with spondeo: Er. Sponden' tu istud? He. Spondeo. Er. At ego, tuum tibi advenisse filium, respondeo, and in return I promise you, i. e. assure you, Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 119; cf.:

    fideiussores, qui salvam rempublicam fore responderunt, etc.,

    promised, gave assurance, Dig. 50, 1, 17 fin.
    b.
    Trop., to answer, respond, reply to, re-echo, resound, etc.:

    saxa et solitudines voci respondent,

    Cic. Arch. 8, 19;

    respondent flebile ripae,

    Ov. M. 11, 53; and:

    respondentia tympana,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 175: urbes coloniarum respondebunt Catilinae tumulis silvestribus, will give an answer to, i. e. will prove a match for, Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Of lawyers, priests, oracles, etc., to give an opinion, advice, decision, response:

    quaeris, num juris consultus (sit)? quasi quisquam sit, qui sibi hunc falsum de jure respondisse dicat,

    Cic. Planc. 25, 62; so,

    de jure,

    id. Brut. 30, 113; cf.:

    de jure consulentibus respondere,

    id. Mur. 4, 9;

    in a like signif., also simply jus,

    id. Leg. 1, 4, 12:

    facultas respondendi juris,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 29; id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Plin. Ep. 6, 15, 3 al.; cf.:

    civica jura,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 24; and:

    quae consuluntur, minimo periculo respondentur, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 13, 28; id. Brut. 89, 306. — Absol., Dig. 2, 14, 7; and so very freq. of the jurists in the Digests;

    v. responsum: pater Roscii ad haruspices retulit: qui responderunt, nihil illo puero clarius fore,

    Cic. Div. 1, 36, 79:

    cum ex prodigiis haruspices respondissent,

    Sall. C. 47, 2; Liv. 27, 37; 31, 5; 5, 54; Vell. 2, 24, 3:

    responsum est,

    Suet. Aug. 94, 97:

    deliberantibus Pythia respondit, ut moenibus ligneis se munirent,

    gave advice, Nep. Them. 2, 6; cf. Just. 11, 11, § 11:

    possumus seniores amici quiete respondere,

    to give advice, Tac. A. 14, 54 fin.
    b.
    Of the answering of a person summoned when his name is called; hence, meton., to appear: citatus neque respondit neque excusatus est, Varr. ap. Gell. 11, 1, 4; cf.:

    cives, qui ad nomina non respondissent,

    Liv. 7, 4:

    quia Romae non respondebant,

    id. 39, 18; Val. Max. 6, 3, 4; Suet. Tib. 38; id. Ner. 44; Hor. S. 1, 9, 36 (vadato, dat., i.e. ei qui eum vadatus erat; v. vador); Dig. 3, 3, 35; 41, 1, 14 et saep.—
    (β).
    Esp., to appear before a tribunal, to answer an accusation, meet a charge, etc.:

    perfectus in exsilium Tubulus est nec respondere ausus,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 16, 54:

    Verrem alterā actione responsurum non esse,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1:

    nemo Epaminondam responsurum putabat,

    Nep. Epam. 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Transf., in gen., to appear, be present:

    ipsi (sc. paeon et herous) se offerent et respondebunt non vocati,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 49, 191:

    verba (with res se ostendent),

    Quint. 10, 3, 9:

    ut ii, qui debent, non respondeant ad tempus,

    Cic. Att. 16, 2, 2; cf.:

    podagra ad tempus (with venit ad horam),

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 1:

    sanguis per menstrua,

    Cels. 4, 4, 5.—
    B.
    To answer to; to meet, agree, accord, or correspond with a thing; constr. usually with dat. or absol.:

    ut omnia omnibus paribus paria respondeant,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 19, 50:

    ut horum auctoritatibus illorum orationi, qui dissentiunt, respondere posse videamur,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 23, 68:

    ut verba verbis quasi demensa et paria respondeant,

    id. Or. 12, 38; and:

    respondent extrema primis, media utrisque, omnia omnibus,

    id. Fin. 5, 28, 83: (Aristoteles dicit) illam artem (sc. rhetoricam) quasi ex alterā parte respondere dialecticae, that it corresponds to, i. e. forms the counterpart of, id. Or. 32, 114:

    aedificare alteram porticum quae Palatio responderet,

    id. Har. Resp. 23, 49; cf.

    of a locality: contra elata mari respondet Gnosia tellus,

    i. e. lies opposite, Verg. A. 6, 23:

    Pachyni pulsata Ionio respondent saxa profundo,

    Sil. 14, 73:

    est mihi magnae curae, ut ita erudiatur (Lucullus), ut et patri et Caepioni nostro et tibi tam propinquo respondeat,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8: satis Graecorum [p. 1582] gloriae responderunt, id. Tusc. 1, 2, 3:

    tua virtus opinioni hominum,

    id. Fam. 2, 5, 2; id. Lael. 16, 56:

    fortuna meis optatis,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 2; cf.:

    seges votis,

    Verg. G. 1, 47:

    arma Caesaris non responsura lacertis,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 48:

    favor meritis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 9:

    ne prior officio quisquam respondeat,

    id. S. 2, 6, 24:

    par fama labori,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 66:

    fructus labori,

    Ov. F. 4, 641:

    non mihi respondent veteres in carmine vires,

    id. H. 15, 197 al.:

    familiam nemo speciosiorem producet, sed hominibus non respondet,

    he does not pay his debts, Sen. Ep. 87, 6:

    amori amore respondere,

    i. e. to return it, repay it, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 4; cf.:

    Quinti fratris liberalitati subsidiis amicorum,

    id. Att. 4, 3, 6:

    qui ex vico ortus est, eam patriam intellegitur habere, cui reipublicae vicus ille respondet,

    to which it belongs, Dig. 50, 1, 30.—

    In mal. part.: mulieribus,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 1, 17.—With ad:

    respondere ad parentum speciem,

    resemble, Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 9:

    deformentur directiones, ut longitudines ad regulam et lineam, altitudines ad perpendiculum, anguli ad normam respondentes exigantur,

    Vitr. 7, 3; cf.:

    structuram ad perpendiculum respondere oportet,

    Plin. 36, 22, 51, § 172:

    quia non tota ad animum responderat (villa),

    Suet. Caes. 48:

    ad spem eventus respondit,

    Liv. 28, 6.—With dat.:

    Papirio quoque brevi ad spem eventus respondit,

    Liv. 9, 15.— With ex:

    quicquid non ex voluntate respondet, iram provocat,

    Sen. Ep. 47, 19:

    speculum quocumque obvertimus oris, Res sibi respondent simili formā atque colore,

    i. e. correspond, are reflected, Lucr. 4, 167.— Absol.:

    sidera respondent in aquā,

    Lucr. 4, 213:

    quia raro verba belle respondeant,

    Quint. 6, 3, 48: medicus aliquid oportet inveniat, quod non ubique fortasse, sed saepius tamen etiam respondeat, may answer, be suitable, Cels. praef.—
    C.
    To return, make a return, yield:

    frumenta quando cum quarto responderint (sc. colono),

    have returned, yielded, Col. 3, 3, 4; cf. with abl. and dat.:

    humus cum est repetita cultu, magno fenore colono respondet,

    id. 2, 1, 3:

    vitis, nisi praepingui solo, non respondet,

    id. 3, 2, 11; cf.:

    metalla plenius responsura fodienti,

    Sen. Ep. 23, 5.—Hence, rēspon-sum, i, n., an answer, reply, response (equally freq. in sing. and plur.).
    1.
    In gen.:

    suis postulatis responsa exspectare,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5 fin.:

    haec paucis diebus ex illius ad nostra responsa responsis intellegentur, quorsum evasura sint,

    Cic. Att. 7, 17, 4:

    responsum senatūs,

    Liv. 7, 31:

    sine responso legatos dimisit,

    id. 9, 38:

    nullo ab nostris dato responso,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 58:

    responsum dedisti tantis de rebus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 40; 2, 4, 39, § 85; so,

    dare responsum,

    Liv. 5, 32, 8; Val. Max. 9, 5, ext. 3; Curt. 3, 12, 9; Liv. 3, 50, 12:

    reddere alicui,

    Cic. Planc. 14, 34; cf.:

    triste redditum,

    Liv. 9, 16:

    ferre (ab aliquo),

    to receive, Cic. Cat. 1, 8, 19; Caes. B. G. 6, 4 fin.:

    referre (ab aliquo),

    to deliver, Cic. Att. 7, 17, 2; Hirt. B. G. 8, 23; Liv. 37, 6:

    elicere,

    Quint. 5, 7, 20:

    petere,

    Hor. C. S. 55:

    responsum accipere,

    Liv. 5, 36, 4; Just. 12, 2, 8:

    responsum non fuit in eis,

    Vulg. Jer. 5, 13.—
    2.
    In partic. (acc. to II. A. 2.), an answer, reply of a lawyer, priest, oracle, etc.; an opinion, response, oracle:

    cum responsumque ab eo (Crasso) verum magis, quam ad suam rem accommodatum abstulisset, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 56, 239:

    res judicatae, decreta, responsa,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 116; id. Mur. 13, 29.—

    The responsa prudentium, or authoritative opinions of leading lawyers, were an important source of the Roman law,

    Just. Inst. 1, 2, 8 Sandars ad loc.:

    haruspicum responsa,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 4, 9; cf. Quint. 5, 10, 30; Ov. M. 3, 340; 527:

    legatus a Delphis Romam rediit, responsumque ex scripto recitavit,

    Liv. 23, 11; cf. id. 1, 56; Quint. 3, 7, 11; 5, 7, 35; Tac. H. 1, 10; 4, 65 al.; Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 65; Ter. And. 4, 2, 15; Verg. A. 7, 86 et saep.—

    In eccl. Lat.: responsum Dei, ab angelo, etc.,

    Vulg. Mich. 3, 7; id. Luc. 2, 26; id. Act. 10, 22.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > respondeo

См. также в других словарях:

  • Dependent clause — In linguistics, a dependent clause (sometimes called a subordinate clause) is a clause that augments an independent clause with additional information, but which cannot stand alone as a sentence. Dependent clauses modify the independent clause of …   Wikipedia

  • Prolog — infobox programming language paradigm = Logic programming year = 1972 designer = Alain Colmerauer implementations = BProlog, ECLiPSe, Ciao Prolog, GNU Prolog, Quintus, SICStus, Strawberry, SWI Prolog, YAP Prolog, tuProlog dialects = ISO Prolog,… …   Wikipedia

  • YES Network — Yankees Entertainment and Sports Network (YES Network) Launched March 19, 2002 Owned by Yankee Global Enterprises LLC, Goldman Sachs Picture format 480i (SDTV) …   Wikipedia

  • apodosis — /euh pod euh sis/, n., pl. apodoses / seez /. the clause expressing the consequence in a conditional sentence, often beginning with then, as then I will in If you go, then I will. Cf. protasis (def. 1). [1630 40; < LL < Gk: a returning, answering …   Universalium

  • Logic programming — is, in its broadest sense, the use of mathematical logic for computer programming. In this view of logic programming, which can be traced at least as far back as John McCarthy s [1958] advice taker proposal, logic is used as a purely declarative… …   Wikipedia

  • Miranda warning — The Miranda warning (also referred to as Miranda rights) is a warning that is required to be given by police in the United States to criminal suspects in police custody (or in a custodial interrogation) before they are interrogated to inform them …   Wikipedia

  • Polygraph — This article is about the forensic instrument. For the automatic signing instrument, see Autopen. For the dual pen device that produces a simultaneous copy of an original while it is written in cursive writing, see Polygraph (duplicating device) …   Wikipedia

  • Confidentiality status of CRS Reports — The confidentiality status of CRS Reports has been a public policy dispute. Contents 1 Congress s attitudes towards CRS confidentiality 1.1 CRS annual appropriations legislation 1.2 1978 proposal by the National Conference of State Legislatures …   Wikipedia

  • Celtic Rite — The term Celtic Rite is generally, but rather indefinitely, applied to the various rites used in Great Britain, Ireland, perhaps in Brittany, and sporadically in Northern Iberia, and in the monasteries which resulted from the Irish missions of St …   Wikipedia

  • Mozarabic Rite — • The name Mozarabic Rite is given to the rite used generally in Spain and in what afterwards became Portugal from the earliest times of which we have any information down to the latter part of the eleventh century, and still surviving in the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Celtic Rite —     The Celtic Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Celtic Rite     This subject will be treated under the following seven heads:     I. History and Origin; II. Manuscript Sources; III. The Divine Office; IV. The Mass; V. the Baptismal Service; …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»